This code is revised periodically by supplement.

The official
ACI standard includes this document plus the most recently
adopted supplement.
7th PRINTING, OCTOBER 1982
Editorial corrections made as of December 1981

ACI Standard

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR

REINFORCED CONCRETE (ACI 318-77)
REPORTED BY ACI COMMITTEE 318

EUGENE P. HOLLAND GERALD B. NEVILLE

Chairman Secretary

H. W. BIRKELAND RUSSELL S. FLING ALAN H . MATTOCK

WILLIAM C. BLACK THOMAS M. FRIDLAND KEITH 0 . O'DONNELL
KENNETH B. BONDY RICHARD D. GAYNOR EDWARD 0 . PFRANG
JOHN E. BREEN ASHBY T. GIBBONS, JR. CLARKSON W. PINKHAM
JAMES R. CAGLEY JACOB S. GROSSMAN RICHARD A. RAMSEY
JAMES L. CHANDLER SY H. HARDIN THEODORE 0. REYHNER
T. Z. CHASTAIN FRANCIS J. JACQUES PAUL F. RICE
EDWARD COHEN D. P. JENNY FRANCISCO ROBLES
WALTER CONLIN, JR. IB FALK JORGENSEN CHESTER P. SlESS
W. GENE CORLEY ALBERT S. KOMATSU METE A. SOZEN
WILLIAM D. CROMARTIE FRITZ KRAMRISCH HARRY STAVRIDES
FRANK G. ERSKINE JAMES LEFTER J. D. SYKES, JR.
NOEL J. EVERARD JAMES G. MacGREGOR GEORGE WINTER
PHIL M. FERGUSON LORING A. WYLLIE, JR.

Liaison members
RAUL ALAMO-NEIDHART CESAR HERNANDEZ A. R. J. W. MlLNE
DAVID E. ALLEN HUGH A. KNOX PAULOFRANCOROCHA
ALEX E. CARDENAS E. PETER LENKEI JORGE A. RODRIGUEZ
CARLOS ERNEST0 DUVOY CARLOS A. MADRID M. YVES SAILLARD

Consulting members
RAYMOND C. REESE JOHN P. THOMPSON WILLIAM V. WAGNER, JR.

George F. Leyh served as chairman of Committee 318 from 1971 through 1975.
Ashby T. Gibbons, Jr., served as secretary of Committee 318 from 1971 through 1974.

Adopted as a standard of the American Concrete institute i n October 1977 to All rights reserved Including rights of reproduction and use in any form or by
supersede ACi 31871, in accordance wlth the Institute's standardization proce- any means, Including the making of copies by any photo process, or by any elec-
dure. tronic or mechanical device, printed or written or oral, or recording for sound or
vlsual reproduction or for use in any knowledge or retrieval system or devlce, un-
Copyright O 1977 Amerlcan Concrete Institute. less permission in writing is obtained from the copyright proprietors.
 This code covers the proper design and construction of buildings of reinforced
concrete. It is written in such form that it may be adopted by reference in a general
building code, and earlier editions have been widely used in this manner.
Among the subjects covered are: permits and drawings; inspection; specifications;
materials; concrete quality; mixing and placing; formwork, embedded pipes, and con-
struction joints; reinforcement details; analysis and design; strength and service-
ability; flexural and axial loads; shear and torsion; development of reinforcement;
slab systems; walls; footings; precast concrete; prestressed concrete; shells and
folded plate members; strength evaluation of existing structures; special provisions
for seismic design in Appendix A, and an alternate design method in Appendix 6.
The quality and testing of materials used in the construction are covered by refer-
ence to the appropriate ASTM standard specifications. Welding of reinforcement is
covered by reference to the appropriate AWS standard.
Keywords: admixtures; aggregates; anchorage (structural); beam-column frame; beams (supports); building
codes; cements; cold weather construction; columns (supports); combined stress; composite construction
(concrete to concrete); composite construction (concrete and steel); compressive strength; concrete con-
struction; concretes; concrete slabs; construction joints; continuity (structural); cover; curing; deep
beams; deflections; drawings; earthquake resistant structures; embedded service ducts; flexural strength;
floors; folded plates; footings; formwork (construction); frames; hot weather construction; inspection;
joists; joints (junctions); lightweight concretes; loads (forces); load tests (structural); materials; mixing; mix
proportioning; modulus of elasticity; moments; pipe columns; pipes (tubes); placing; precast concrete; pre-
stressed concrete; prestressing steels; quality control; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; roofs; ser-
viceability; shear strength; shearwalls; shells (structural forms); spans; specifications; splicing; strength;
strength analysis; structural analysis; structural design; T-beams; torsion; walls; water; welded wire fabric.

CONTENTS
PART 1-GENERAL
CHAPTER 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.............................................6
1.1-Scope 1.3-Inspection
1.2-Permits and drawings 1.4-Approval of special systems of design or con-
struction

CHAPTER 2-DEFINITIONS .................................................................7

PART 2-STANDARDS FOR TESTS AND MATERIALS

CHAPTER 3-MATERIALS ..................................................................9
3.0-Notation 3.5-Metal reinforcement
3.1-Tests of materials 3.6.-Admixtures
3.2-Cements 3.7-Storage of materials
3.3-Aggregates 3.8-Standards cited in this code
3.4-Water

PART 3-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 4-CONCRETE QUALITY .................................................... 13
4.0-Notation 4.5-Proportioning by water-cement ratio
4.1-General 4.6-Special exposure requirements
4.2-Selection of concrete proportions 4.7-Average strength reduction
4.3-Proportioning on the basis of field experience 4.8-Evaluation and acceptance of concrete
4.4-Proportioning by laboratory trial batches

CHAPTER 5-MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE ...............................16

5.1-Preparation of equipment and place of deposit 5.5-Curing
5.2-Mixing 5.6-Cold weather requirements
5.3-Conveying 5.7-Hot weather requirements
5.4-Depositing

CHAPTER 6-FORMWORK, EMBEDDED PIPES, AND

CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ..............................................18
6.1-Design of formwork 6.3-Conduits and pipes embedded in concrete
6.2-Removal of forms and shores 6.4-Construction joints

2 ACI STANDARD
CHAPTER 7-DETAILS OF REINFORCEMENT .....................................20
7.0-Notation 7.7 -Concrete protection for reinforcement
7.1-Standard hooks 7.8 -Special reinforcing
- details for columns
7.2-Minimum bend diameters 7.9 -Connections
7.3-Bending 7.10-Lateral reinforcement for compression members
7.4-Surface conditions of reinforcement 7.11-Lateral reinforcement for flexural members
7.5-Placing reinforcement 7.12-Shrinkage and temperature reinforcement
7.6-Spacing limits for reinforcement

PART 4-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 8-ANALYSIS AND DESIGN-GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................25
8.0-Notation 8.7 -Span length
8.1-Design methods 8.8 -Columns
8.2-Loading 8.9 -Arrangement of live load
8.3-Methods of analysis 8.10-T-beam construction
8.4-Redistribution of negative moments in continuous 8.11-Joist construction
nonprestressed flexural members 8.12-Separate floor finish
8.5-Modulus of elasticity
8.6-Stiffness

CHAPTER 9-STRENGTH AND SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS.......28

9.0-Notation 9.3-Design strength
9.1-General 9.4-Design strengths for reinforcement
9.2-Required strength 9.5-Control of deflections

CHAPTER 10-FLEXURE AND AXIAL LOADS ......................................32

10.0-Notation 10.9 -Limits for reinforcement of compression mem-
10.1-Scope bers
10.2-Design assumptions 10.10-Slenderness effects in compression members
10.3-General principles and requirements 10.11-Approximate evaluation of slenderness effects
10.4-Distance between lateral supports of flexural 10.12-Axially loaded members supporting slab system
members 10.13-Transmission of column loads through floor
10.5-Minimum reinforcement of flexural members system
10.6--Distribution of flexural reinforcement in beams 10.14-Composite compression members
and one-way slabs 10.15-Special provisions for walls
10.7-Deep flexural members 10.16-Bearing strength
10.8--Design dimension for compression members

CHAPTER 11-SHEAR AND TORSION ............................................... .39

11.O-Notation 11.6 -Combined shear and torsion strength for non-
11.1-Shear strength prestressed members with rectangular or
11.2-Lightweight concrete flanged sections
11.3-Shear strength provided by concrete for non- 11.7 -Shear-friction
prestressed members 11.8 -Special provisions for deep flexural members
11.4-Shear strength provided by concrete for pre- 11.9 -Special provisions for brackets and corbels
stressed members [Link]-Special provisions for walls
11.5-Shear strength provided by shear reinforcement [Link]-Special provisions for slabs and footings
11.12-Transfer of moments to columns

CHAPTER 12-DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICES OF REINFORCEMENT ...49

12.0 -Notation
12.1 -Development of reinforcement-General 12.12-Development of positive moment reinforcement
12.2 -Development of deformed bars and deformed 12.13-Development of negative moment reinforce-
wire in tension ment
12.3 -Development of deformed bars in compression 12.14-Development of web reinforcement
12.4 -Development of bundled bars 12.15-Splices of reinforcement-General
12.5 -Standard hooks in tension 12.16-Splices of deformed bars and deformed wire in
12.6 -Mechanical anchorage tension
12.7 -Combination development length 12.17-Splices of deformed bars in compression
12.8 -Development of welded deformed wire fabric in 12.18-Special splice requirements for columns
tension 12.19-Splices of welded deformed wire fabric in ten-
12.9 -Development of welded smooth wire fabric in sion
tension 12.20-Splices of welded smooth wire fabric in tension
12.10-Development of prestressing strand
12.11-Development of flexural reinforcement-Gen-
era1

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

PART 5-STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS

CHAPTER 13-TWO-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS ..........................................55

13.0-Notation 13.4-Slab reinforcement
13.1-~cope 13.5-Openings in slab systems
13.2-Definitions 13.6-Direct design method
13.3-Design procedures 13.7-Equivalent frame method

CHAPTER 14-WALLS .......................................................................63

14.0-Notation 14.2-Empirical design method
14.1-Structural design 14.3-Walls as grade beams

CHAPTER 15-FOOTINGS ................................................................. 64

15.0-Notation 15.6 -Development of reinforcement in footings
15.1-Scope 15.7 -Minimum footing depth
15.2-Loads and reactions 15.8 -Transfer of force at base of column or rein-
15.3-Footings supporting circular or regular polygon forced pedestal
shaped columns or pedestals 15.9 -Sloped or stepped footings
15.4-Moment in footings 15.10-Combined footings and mats
15.5-Shear in footings 15.11-Plain concrete pedestals and footings

CHAPTER 16-PRECAST CONCRETE .................................................66

16.1-Scope 16.4-Details
16.2-Design 16.5-Identification and marking
16.3-Precast wall panels 16.6-Transportation, storage, and erection

CHAPTER 17-COMPOSITE CONCRETE FLEXURAL MEMBERS ...........67

17.4-Vertical shear strength
17.5-Horizontal shear strength
17.6-Ties for horizontal shear

CHAPTER 18-PRESTRESSED CONCRETE ......................................... 68

18.0-Notation 18.11-Compression members-Combined flexure and
18.1-Scope axial loads
18.2-General 18.12-Slab systems
18.3-Design assumptions 18.13-Tendon anchorage zones
18.4-Permissible stresses in concrete-Flexural mem- 18.14-Corrosion protection for unbonded prestressing
bers tendons
18.5-Permissible stresses in prestressing tendons 18.15-Post-tensioning ducts
18.6--Loss of prestress 18.16-Grout for bonded prestressing tendons
18.7-Flexural strength 18.17-Protection for prestressing tendons
18.8-Limits for reinforcement of flexural members 18.18-Application and measurement of prestressing
18.9-Minimum bonded reinforcement force
18.10-Frames and continuous construction 18.19-Post-tensioning anchorages and couplers

CHAPTER 19-SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATE MEMBERS .....................74

19.0-Notation 19.4-Design strength of materials
19.1-Scope and definitions 19.5-Shell reinforcement
19.2-General 19.6-Prestressing
19.3-Design assumptions 19.7-Construction

PART 6-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

CHAPTER PO-STRENGTH EVALUATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 76

20.0-Notation 20.4-Load tests of flexural members
20.1-Strength evaluation-General 20.5-Members other than flexural members
20.2-Analytical investigations 20.6-Provision for lower load rating
20.3-Load tests 20.7-Safety

4 ACI STANDARD
APPENDIXES

APPENDIX A-SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN ..............77

A.0-Notation A.6-Special ductile frame columns subject to flexure
A.l -Scope and axial loads
A.2-Definitions A.7-Beam-column connections of special ductile
A.3-General frames
A.4-Design assumptions A.8-Special shearwalls
A.5-Flexural members of special ductile frames

APPENDIX B-ALTERNATE DESIGN METHOD ....................................82

6.0-Notation B.4-Development and splices of reinforcement
6.1-Scope 6.5-Flexure
0.2-General 6.6-Compression members with or without flexure
6.3-Permissible service load stresses 6.7-Shear and torsion

APPENDIX C-NOTATION .................................................................. 86

APPENDIX D-METRIC EQUIVALENTS, SI ..........................................90
APPENDIX E-METRIC EQUIVALENTS, MKS....................................... 94

APPENDIX F-METAL REINFORCEMENT INFORMATION ....................98

INDEX ............................................................................................. 100

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
CHAPTER I -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1 - Scope 1.2.2 - Calculations pertinent to design shall be
filed with the drawings when required by the
1.1.1 -This code provides minimum requirements Building Official. When automatic data
for design and construction of reinforced con- processing is used, design assumptions and
Crete structural elements of any Structure erected identified input and output data may be submitted
under requirements of the general building code in lieu of calculations. Calculations may be
of which this code forms a part. supplemented by model analysis.
1.1.2 -This code supplements the general 1.2.3 - Building Official means the officer or other
building code and shall govern in all matters designated authority charged with the ad-
pertaining to design and construction wherever ministration and enforcement of this code, or his
this code is in conflict with requirements in the dulyauthorized representative.
general building code.
1.1.3 -This code shall govern in all matters
1.3 - Inspection
pertaining to design, construction, and material 1.3.1 -Concrete construction shall be inspected
properties wherever this code is in conflict with throughout the various work stages by a com-
requirements contained in other specifications petent engineer or architect, or by a competent
and recommended practices referenced in this representative responsible to that engineer or
code. architect.

1.1.4 - For special structures, such as arches, 1.3.2 -.The Inspector shall require compliance
tanks, reservoirs, bins and silos, blast-resistant with design drawings and specifications and keep
structures, and chimneys, provisions of this code a record that shall cover:
shall govern where applicable. (a) Quality and proportions of concrete
1.1.5-This code does not govern design and materials
installation of portions of concrete piles and (b) Construction and removal of forms,
drilled piers embedded in ground. reshoring
(c) Placing of reinforcement
1.2 - Permits and drawings (d) Mixing, placing, and curing of concrete
1.2.1 -Copies of design drawings, typical details,
and specifications for all reinforced concrete (e) Sequence of erection and connection of
construction shall bear the seal of a registered precast members
engineer or architect and shall be filed with the (f) Tensioning of prestressing tendons
building department as a permanent record before
a permit to construct such work will be issued. (g) Any significant construction loadings on
These drawings, details, and specifications shall completed floors, members, or walls
show:
(h) General progress of work
(a) Name and date of issue of code and sup-
1.3.3 -When the ambient temperature falls below
plement to which design conforms
40 F or rises above 95 F, a complete record shall
(b) Live load and other loads used in design be kept of concrete temperatures and of
protection given to concrete during placement
(c) Specified strength of concrete at stated and curing.
ages or stages of construction
1.3.4 - Records of inspection required in Sections
(d) Specified strength or grade of rein- 1.3.2 and 1.3.3 shall be kept available to the
forcement Building Official during progress of work and for 2
(e) Size and location of all structural elements years thereafter and shall be preserved by in-
and reinforcement specting engineer or architect for that purpose.

(f) Provision for dimensional changes resulting 1.4 - Approval of special Systems of
from creep, shrinkage, and temperature design or construction
(g) Magnitude and location of prestressing Sponsors of any system of design or construction
forces within the scope of this code, the adequacy of

6 ACI STANDARD
which has been shown by successful use or by vestigate the data so submitted, to require tests,
analysis or test, but which does not conform to or and to formulate rules governing design and
is not covered by this code, shall have the right to construction of such systems to meet the intent
present the data on which their design is based to of this code. These rules when approved by the
a board of examiners appointed by the Building Building Official and promulgated shall be of the
Official. This board shall be composed of com- same force and effect as the provisions of this
petent engineers and shall have authority to in- code.

CHAPTER 2 - DEFINITIONS

2.1 -The following terms are defined for general Deformed reinforcement - Deformed reinforcing
use in this code. Specialized definitions appear in bars, bar and rod mats, deformed wire, welded
individual chapters. smooth wire fabric, and welded deformed wire
fabric conforming to Section 3.5.3.
Admixture - Material other than water, aggregate,
or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of Development length - Length of embedded
concrete and added to concrete before or during reinforcement required to develop the design
its mixing to modify its properties. strength of reinforcement at a critical section. See
Section 9.3.3.
Aggregate-Inert material that is mixed with
hydraulic cement and water to produce concrete. Effective depth of section (d) - Distance
measured from extreme compression fiber to
Aggregate, lightweight - Aggregate with a dry, centroid of tension reinforcement.
loose weight of 70 Ib per cu ft or less.
Effective prestress - Stress remaining in concrete
'Onded - tendon that is due to prestressing after all calculated losses
bonded to concrete either directly or through have been deducted, excluding effects of
grouting. superimposed loads and weight of member;
Building Official - See Section 1.2.3. stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all
losses have occurred excluding effects of dead
Column - Member with a ratio of height-to-least- load and superimposed load.
lateral dimension of 3 or greater used primarily to
support axial compressive load. Embedment length - Length of embedded
reinforcement provided beyond a critical section.
Composite concrete flexural members - Concrete
flexural members of precast andlor cast-in-place Embedment length, equivalent (P,) - Length of
concrete elements constructed in separate embedded reinforcement that can develop the
placements but so interconnected that all same stress as that which can be developed by a
elements respond to loads as a unit. hook or mechanical anchorage.
Concrete-Mixture of portland cement or any End anchorage - Length of reinforcement, or
other hydraulic cement, fine aggregate, coarse mechanical anchor, or hook, or combination
aggregate, and water, with or without admixtures. thereof, beyond point of zero stress in rein-
forcement; mechanical device to transmit
Concrete, structural lightweight - Concrete prestressing force to concrete in a post-tensioned
containing lightweight aggregate that conforms member.
to Section 3.3 and has an air-dry unit weight as
determined by "Method of Test for Unit Weight of Jacking force-In prestressed concrete, tem-
Structural Lightweight Concrete" (ASTM C 567), porary force exerted by device that introduces
not exceeding 115 Ib per cu ft. In this code, a tension into prestressing tendons.
lightweight concrete without natural sand is Load, dead - Dead weight supported by a
termed "all-lightweight concrete" and lightweight member, as defined by general building code of
concrete in which all of the fine aggregate con- which this code forms a part (without load fac-
sists of normal weight sand is termed "sand- tors).
lightweight concrete."
Load, factored - Load, multiplied by appropriate
Curvature friction - Friction resulting from bends load factors, used to proportion members by the
or curves in the specified prestressing tendon strength design method of this code. See Sec-
profile. tions 8.1.1 and 9.2.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

Load, live- Live load specified by general Splitting tensile strength (f,3 -Tensile strength of
building code of which this code forms a part concrete determined in accordance with
(without load factors). "Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates for
Structural Concrete" (ASTM C 330). See Section
Load, service - Load specified by general building 4.1.5.
code of which this code forms a part (without load
factors). Stirrup - Reinforcement used to resist shear and
-
Modulus of elasticity Ratio of normal stress to torsion stresses in a structural member; typically
bars, wires, or welded wire fabric (smooth or
corresponding strain for tensile or compressive
stresses below proportional limit of material. See deformed) bent into L, U, or rectangular shapes
Section 8.5. and located perpendicular to or at an angle to
longitudinal reinforcement. (The term "stirrups" is
Pedestal-Upright compression member with a usually applied to lateral reinforcement in flexural
ratio of unsupported height to average least members and the term "ties" to those in com-
lateral dimension of less than 3. pression members.) See also Tie.
Plain concrete - Concrete that does not conform Strength, design - Nominal strength multiplied by
to definition of reinforced concrete. a strength reduction factorqi. See Section 9.3.
-
Plain reinforcement Reinforcement that does
Strength, nominal - Strength of a member or
not conform to definition of deformed rein-
cross section calculated in accordance with
forcement. See Section 3.5.4.
provisions and assumptions of the strength
-
Post-tensioning Method of prestressing in design method of this code before application of
which tendons are tensioned after concrete has any strength reduction factors. See Section 9.3.1.
hardened.
Strength, required-Strength of a member or
Precast concrete - Plain or reinforced concrete cross section required to resist factored loads or
element cast elsewhere than its final position in related internal moments and forces in such
the structure. combinations as are stipulated in this code. See
Prestressed concrete - Reinforced concrete in Section 9.1 .l.
which internal stresses have been introduced to
Stress - Intensity of force per unit area.
reduce potential tensile stresses in concrete
resulting from loads. Tendon -Steel element such as wire, cable, bar,
Pretensioning - Method of prestressing in which rod, or strand used to impart prestress to concrete
tendons are tensioned before concrete is placed. when element is tensioned.

Reinforced concrete - Concrete containing Tie - Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing
adequate reinforcement, prestressed or non- longitudinal reinforcement. See also Stirrup.
prestressed, and designed on the assumption that
the two materials act together in resisting forces. Transfer - Act of transferring stress in
prestressing tendons from jacks or pretensioning
-
Reinforcement Material that conforms to bed to concrete member.
Section 3.5, excluding prestressing tendons
unless specifically included. Wall - Element, usually vertical, used to enclose
or separate spaces and as a structural member.
Span length - See Section 8.7.
Specified compressive strength of concrete (f;) - Wobble friction - In prestressed concrete, friction
Specified compressive strength of concrete in caused by unintended deviation of prestressing
pounds per square inch (psi). See Chapter 4. sheath or duct from its specified profile.
Wherever this quantity is under a radical sign,
square root of numerical value only is intended,
-
Yield strength Specified minimum yield
strength or yield point of reinforcement in pounds
and result is in pounds per square inch (psi).
per square inch. Yield strength or yield point shall
Spiral reinforcement - Continuously wound be determined in tension according to applicable
reinforcement in the form of a cylindrical helix. ASTM specifications or Section 3.5 of this code.

ACI STANDARD
PART 2 - STANDARDS FOR TESTS AND MATERIALS

CHAPTER 3 - MATERIALS

3.0 - Notation have been shown by special test or actual service

to produce concrete of adequate strength and
d , = nominal diameter of bar, in. durability may be used where authorized by the
5, =specified yield strength of nonprestressed Building Official.
reinforcement, psi
3.3.3 - Nominal maximum size of coarse
3.1 - Tests of materials aggregate shall not be larger than:
(a) 115 the narrowest dimension between sides
3.1.1 - Building Official shall lave the right to of forms, nor
order testing of any materials used in concrete
construction to determine if materials are of (b) 113 the depth of slabs, nor
quality specified.
(c) 314 the minimum clear spacing between
3.1.2 -Tests of materials and of concrete shall be individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of
made in accordance with standards of the bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts.
American Society for Testing and Materials, listed
in Section 3.8.1. These limitations may be waived if, in the
judgment of the Engineer, workability and
3.1.3 - A complete record of tests of materials and methods of consolidation are such that concrete
of concrete shall be available for inspection can be placed without honeycomb or voids.
during progress of work and for 2 years thereafter,
and shall be preserved by inspecting engineer or 3.4 - Water
architect for that purpose. 3.4.1 -Water used in mixing concrete shall be
clean and free from injurious amounts of oils,
3.2 - Cements acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other
3.2.1 -Cement shall conform to one of the substances that may be deleterious to concrete or
following specifications for portland cement: reinforcement.

(a) "Specification for Portland Cement" (ASTM 3.4.2 - Mixing water for prestressed concrete or
C 150). for concrete that will contain aluminum em-
bedments, including that portion of mixing water
(b) "Specification for Blended Hydraulic contributed in the form of free moisture on
Cements" (ASTM C 595), excluding Types S and aggregates, shall not contain deleterious amounts
SA which are not intended as principal of chloride ion.
cementing constituents of structural concrete.
-
3.4.3 Nonpotable water shall not be used in
3.2.2 - Cement used in the work shall correspond concrete unless the following are satisfied:
to that on which selection of concrete proportions
was based. See Section 4.2. (a) Selection of concrete proportions shall be
based on concrete mixes using water from the
3.3 - Aggregates same source.

-
3.3.1 Concrete aggregates shall conform to one (b) Mortar test cubes made with nonpotable
mixing water shall have 7-day and 28-day
of the following specifications:
strengths equal to at least 90 percent of
(a) "Specification for Concrete Aggregates" strengths of similar specimens made with
(ASTM C 33). potable water. Strength test comparison shall
be made on mortars, identical except for the
(b) "Specification for Lightweight Aggregates
mixing water, prepared and tested in ac-
for Structural Concrete" (ASTM C 330).
cordance with "Method of Test for Compressive
-
3.3.2 Aggregates failing to meet the Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-
specifications listed in Section 3.3.1, but which inch or 50-mm Cube Specimens)" (ASTM C 109).

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

3.5 - Metal reinforcement without cracking of the bar. However, if #14 and
#18 bars as used in the structure are required to
3.5.1 - Reinforcement shall be deformed rein- have bends exceeding 90 deg, specimens shall
forcement, except that plain reinforcement may be bend tested 180 deg with other criteria the
be used for spirals or tendons; and reinforcement same as for 90 deg.
consisting of structural steel, steel pipe, or steel
tubing may be used as specified in this code. [Link] - Deformed reinforcing bars with a
specified yield strength f, exceeding 60,000 psi
3.5.2- Reinforcement to be welded shall be in- may be used, provided f, shall be the stress
dicated on the drawings and welding procedure to corresponding to a strain of 0.35 percent and the
be used shall be specified. ASTM steel bars otherwise conform to one of the ASTM
specifications, except for ASTM A 706, shall be specifications listed in Section [Link], including
supplemented to require a report of material additional requirements of Section [Link]. See
properties necessary to conform to welding Section 9.4.
procedures specified in "Reinforcing Steel
Welding Code" (AWS 012.1) of the American [Link] - Bar and rod mats for concrete rein-
Welding Society. forcement shall conform to "Specification for
Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete
3.5.3 - Deformed reinforcement Reinforcement" (ASTM A 184).
[Link] - Deformed reinforcing bars shall conform
to one of the following specifications, except as [Link] - Deformed wire for concrete rein-
provided in Section [Link]: forcement shall conform to "Specification for
Deformed Steel Wire for Concrete Rein-
(a) "Specification for Deformed and Plain forcement" (ASTM A 496), except that wire shall
Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" not be smaller than size D4 and for wire with a
(ASTM A 615). specified yield strength f, exceeding 60,000 psi, f,
shall be the stress corresponding to a strain of
(b) "Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and
0.35 percent.
Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM
A 616). [Link] - Welded smooth wire fabric for concrete
(c) "Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and reinforcement shall conform to "Specification for
Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Rein-
A 617). forcement" (ASTM A 185), except that welded
intersections shall not be spaced farther apart
(d) "Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Defor- than 12 in. in direction of primary flexural rein-
med Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM forcement and for wire with a specified yield
A 706). strength f, exceeding 60,000 psi, f, shall be the
[Link] - Deformed reinforcing bars shall conform
stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 percent.
to the following exceptions to the ASTM [Link] - Welded deformed wire fabric for concrete
specifications listed in Section [Link]: reinforcement shall conform to "Specification for
1. For ASTM A 615, A 616, and A 617, yield Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete
strength shall correspond to that determined by Reinforcement" (ASTM A 497), except that welded
tests on full size bars. intersections shall not be spaced farther apart
than 16 in. in direction of primary flexural rein-
2. For ASTM A 615, A 616, and A 617, bend test forcement and for wire with a specified yield
requirements for all bar sizes #3 through #11 strength fy exceeding 60,000 psi, fy shall be the
shall be based upon 180 deg bends of full-size stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 percent.
bars around pins with diameters specified in
Table [Link]. If #14 or #18 bars meeting these 3.5.4 - Plain reinforcement
specifications are to be bent, full-size *bar
specimens shall be bend tested 90 deg, at a [Link] - Plain bars for spiral reinforcement shall
minimum temperature of 60 F around a 9d, pin conform to the specification listed in Section
[Link](a), (b) or (c), including additional
requirements of Section [Link].
TABLE [Link] - BEND TEST REQUIREMENTS [Link] - Smooth wire for spiral reinforcement
Pin diameter for shall conform to "Specification for Cold-Drawn
bend test
#3,#4, and #5 31h d b Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM
#6, #7, and #8 A 82), except that for wire with a specified yield
#9, #lo, and #11 strength f, exceeding 60,000 psi, f, shall be the
#9, #lo, and #11
stress corresponding t o a strain of 0.35 percent.
ACI STANDARD
3.5.5 - Prestressing tendons 3.6 - Admixtures
[Link] -Wire, strands, and bars for tendons in 3.6.1 -Admixtures to be used in concrete shall be
prestressed concrete shall conform to one of the subject to prior approval by the Engineer.
following specifications:
3.6.2 - A n admixture shall be shown capable of
(a) "Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved maintaining essentially the same composition
Wire for Prestressed Concrete" (ASTM A 421). and performance throughout the work as the
product used in establishing concrete proportions
(b) "Specification for Uncoated Seven-Wire in accordance with Section 4.2.
Stress-Relieved Strand for Prestressed Con-
crete" (ASTM A 416). 3.6.3 - Admixtures containing chloride ions shall
not be used in prestressed concrete or in concrete
(c) "Specification for Uncoated High-Strength containing aluminum embedments if their use will
Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete" (ASTM produce a deleterious concentration of chloride
A 722). ion in the mixing water.
[Link] -Wire, strands, and bars not specifically 3.6.4 - Air-entraining admixtures shall conform to
listed in ASTM A 421, A 416, or A 722 may be used "Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
provided they conform to minimum requirements Concrete" (ASTM C 260).
of these specifications and do not have properties
that make them less satisfactory than those listed 3.6.5 - Water-reducing admixtures, retarding
in ASTM A 421, A 416, or A 722. admixtures, accelerating admixtures, water-
reducing and retarding admixtures, and water-
3.5.6 - Structural steel, steel pipe, or tubing reducing and accelerating admixtures shall
conform to "Specification for Chemical Ad-
[Link] - Structural steel used with reinforcing mixtures for Concrete" (ASTM C 494).
bars in composite compression members meeting
requirements of Section 10.14.7 or 10.14.8 shall 3.6.6- Fly ash or other pozzolans used as ad-
mixtures shall conform to "Specification for Fly
conform to one of the following specifications:
Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolans for
(a) "Specification for Structural Steel" (ASTM Use in Portland Cement Concrete" (ASTM C 618).
A 36).
(b) "Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
3.7 - Storage of materials
Structural Steel" (ASTM A 242). 3.7.1 -Cement and aggregates shall be stored in
such manner as to prevent deterioration or in-
(c) "Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy trusion of foreign matter.
Structural Manganese Vanadium Steel" (ASTM
A 441). 3.7.2 -Any material that has deteriorated or has
been contaminated shall not be used for concrete.
(d) "Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural 3.8 - Standards cited in this code
Quality" (ASTM A 572).
3.8.1 -Standards of the American Society for
(e) "Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Testing and Materials referred to in this code are
Structural Steel with 50,000 psi Minimum Yield listed below with their serial designations, in-
Point to 4 in. Thick" (ASTM A 588). cluding year of adoption or revision, and are
declared to be part of this code as if fully set forth
[Link]-Steel pipe or tubing for composite herein:
compression members composed of a steel
encased concrete core meeting requirements of A36-75 Standard Specification for Structural
Section 10.14.6 shall conform to one of the Steel
following specifications: A53-73 Standard Specification for Welded and
Seamless Steel Pipe
(a) Grade B of "Specification for Welded and A82-76 Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn
Seamless Steel Pipe" (ASTM A 53). Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement
A184-74 Standard Specification for Fabricated
(b) "Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and
Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete
Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in
Reinforcement
Rounds and Shapes" (ASTM A 500).
A185-73 Standard Specification for Welded Steel
(c) "Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing" A242-75 Standard Specification for High-Strength
(ASTM A 501). Low-Alloy Structural Steel

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 Standard Methods and Definitions for C33-74a Standard Specification for Concrete
Mechanical Testing of Steel Products Aggregates
Standard Specification for Uncoated C39-72 Standard Method of Test for Com-
Seven-Wire Stress-Relieved Strand for pressive Strength of Cylindrical Con-
Prestressed Concrete crete Specimens
Standard Specification for Uncoated C42-68 Standard Method of Obtaining and
Stress-Relieved Wire for Prestressed Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams
Concrete of Concrete
Standard Specification for High-Strength C94-74a Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed
Low-Alloy Structural Manganese Concrete
Vanadium Steel C109-75 Standard Method of Test for Com-
Standard Specification for Deformed pressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement
Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement Mortars (Using 2-inch or 50-mm Cube
Standard Specification for Welded Specimens)
Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete C144-76 Standard Specification for Aggregate for
Reinforcement Masonry Mortar
Standard Specification for Cold-Formed C150-76aStandard Specification for Portland
Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Cement
Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes C172-71 Standard Method of Sampling Fresh
Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Concrete
Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel C192-76 Standard Method of Making and Curing
Structural Tubing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Standard Specification for High-Strength Laboratory
Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels C260-74 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining
of Structural Quality Admixtures for Concrete
Standard Specification for High-Strength C330-76 Standard Specification for Lightweight
Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50,000 Aggregates for Structural Concrete
~ sMinimum
i Yield Point to 4 in. Thick C494-71 Standard Specification for Chemical
A615-76aStandard Specification for Deformed and Admixtures for Concrete
Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete C496-71 Standard Method of Test for Splitting
Reinforcement Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
A616-76 Standard Specification for Rail-Steel Specimens
Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete C567-71 Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight
Reinforcement of Structural Lightweight Concrete
A617-76 Standard Specification for Axle-Steel C595-76 Standard Specification for Blended
Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Hydraulic Cements
Reinforcement C618-73 Standard Specification for Fly Ash and
Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolans for
A706-76 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy
Use in Portland Cement Concrete
Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete
E6-66 Standard Definitions of Terms Relating
Reinforcement
to Methods of Mechanical Testing
A722-75 Standard Specification for Uncoated
High-Strength Steel Bar for Prestressing 3.8.2 - "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" (AWS
Concrete D12.1-75) of the American Welding Society is
C31-69 Standard Method of Making and Curing declared to be part of this code as if fully set forth
Concrete Test Specimens in the Field herein.

ACI STANDARD
PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 4 - CONCRETE QUALITY

4.0 - Notation (c) Conformance with

requirements of Section 4.8
strength test

f; =specified compressive strength of con-

crete, psi 4.2.2 -Where different materials are to be used for
f, =average splitting tensile strength of different portions of the work, each combination
lightweight aggregate concrete, psi shall be evaluated separately.

4.1 - General 4.2.3 - Concrete proportions, including water-

cement ratio, shall be established on the basis of
-
4.1.1 Concrete shall be proportioned and field experience (Section 4.3) or laboratory trial
produced to provide an average compressive batches (Section 4.4) with materials to be em-
strength sufficiently high to minimize frequency ployed, except as permitted in Section 4.5 or
of strength tests below the value of the specified required by Section 4.6.
compressive strength of concrete, f;. See Sec-
tions 4.3.1 and [Link].
4.1.2 - Requirements for f; shall be based on tests
of cylinders made and tested as prescribed in 4.3 - Proportioning on the basis of field
Section 4.8. experience
4.1.3-Unless otherwise specified, I; shall be 4.3.1 -Where a concrete production facility has a
based on 28-day tests. For high-early-strength record, based on at least 30 consecutive strength
concrete, the test age for f; shall be as indicated tests that represent similar materials and con-
in the design drawings or specifications. ditions to those expected, required average
compressive strength used as the basis for
-
4.1.4 Design drawings submitted for approval or selecting concrete proportions shall exceed
used for any project shall show the specified required f; at designated test age by at least:
compressive strength of concrete f; for which
each part of the structure is designed. 400 psi if standard deviation is less than 300 psi
550 psi if standard deviation is 300 to 400 psi
4.1.5 -Where design criteria in Sections [Link], 700 psi if standard deviation is 400 to 500 psi
11.2 and 12.2.3(c) provide for use of a splitting 900 psi if standard deviation is 500 to 600 psi
tensile strength value of concrete, laboratory
tests shall be made in accordance with If standard deviation exceeds 600 psi, concrete
"Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates for proportions shall be selected to produce an
Structural Concrete" (ASTM C 330) to establish average strength at least 1200 psi greater than
value off,, corresponding to specified value off;. required fg.

4.1.6 -Splitting tensile strength tests shall not be 4.3.2 - Strength test data for determining standard
used as a basis for field acceptance of concrete. deviation shall be considered to comply with
Section 4.3.1 if data represents either a group of at
4.2 - Selection of concrete proportions least 30 consecutive tests or a statistical average
for two groups totaling 30 or more tests.
-
4.2.1 Proportions of materials for concrete shall
be established to provide: 4.3.3 - Strength tests used to establish standard
(a) Adequate workability and proper con- deviation shall represent concrete produced to
sistency to permit concrete to be worked meet a specified strength or strengths within 1000
readily into the forms and around reinforcement psi of that specified for the proposed work.
under conditions of placement to be employed, 4.3.4 - Changes in materials and proportions
without excessive segregation or bleeding within the population of background tests used to
(b) Resistance to freezing and thawing and establish standard deviation shall not have been
other aggressive actions, as required by Sec- more closely restricted than for the proposed
tion 4.6 work.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 4.5 - MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE WATER-CEMENT RATIOS FOR CONCRETE WHEN STRENGTH
DATA FROM TRIAL BATCHES OR FIELD EXPERIENCE ARE NOT AVAILABLE

Maximum permissible water-cement ratio

Non-air-entrained Air-entrained
concrete concrete
I
Specified
compressive Absolute U. S. gal. per Absolute U. S. gal. per
strength, ratio by 94-lb bag ratio by 94-1b bag
f ; , psi* weight of cement weight of cement

'28-day strength. With most materials, water-cement ratios shown will provldeaverage strengths greater than indicated in Sectlon 4.3.1 as being requ~red
t F o r strengths above 4500 psi ([Link]~nedconcrete) and 4000 psl ([Link] concrete). proportions shall be established by methods of Sectlons 4.3 or 4.4.

4.4 - Proportioning by laboratory trial batches (Section 4.4) are not available, permission
may be granted to base concrete proportions on
batches
water-cement ratio limits in Table 4.5.
4.4.1 -When laboratory trial batches are used as
the basis for selecting concrete proportions, 4.5.2 -Table 4.5 shall be used only for concrete to
strength tests shall be made in accordance with be made with cements meeting strength
"Method of Test for Compressive Strength of requirements for Types I, IA, II, IIA, Ill, IIIA, or V of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens" (ASTM C 39) on "Specification for Portland Cement" (ASTM
cylinders prepared in accordance with "Method of C 150), or Types IS, IS-A, IS(MS), IS-A(MS), IP, IP-A,
Making and Curing Test Specimens in the or P of "Specification for Blended Hydraulic
Laboratory" (ASTM C 192). Cements," (ASTM C 595), and shall not be applied
to concrete containing lightweight aggregates or
4.4.2 -When laboratory trial batches are made, air admixtures other than those for entraining air.
content shall be within 1.0.5 percent and slump
4.5.3 -Concrete proportioned by water-cement
within h0.75 in. of maximums permitted by the
ratio limits prescribed in Table 4.5 shall also
specifications.
conform to special exposure requirements of
4.4.3 - A curve shall be established showing Section 4.6 and to compressive strength test
relationship between water-cement ratio (or criteria of Section 4.8.
cement content) and compressive strength. Curve
shall be based on at least three points 4.6 - Special exposure requirements
representing batches which produce strengths 4.6.1 -Concrete that, after curing, will be exposed
above and below required average compressive to freezing temperatures while wet shall contain
strength specified in Section 4.3.1. If concrete entrained air within limits of Table 4.6.1, and in
construction facility does not have a record based addition:
on 30 consecutive strength tests representing
similar materials and conditions to those ex- [Link] -For concrete made with normal weight
pected, required average compressive strength aggregate, water-cement ratio shall not exceed
shall be 1200 psi greater than f : . Each point shall 0.53 by weight.
represent the average of at least three cylinders [Link] - For concrete made with lightweight
tested at 28 days or the specified earlier age. aggregate, specified compressive strength f:
shall be at least 3000 psi.
4.4.4 - Maximum permissible water-cement ratio
(or minimum cement content) for concrete to be
used in the structure shall be that shown by the TABLE 4.6.1 -
CONCRETE AIR CONTENT FOR
curve to produce the average strength indicated in VARIOUS SIZES OF COARSE AGGREGATE
Section 4.3.1 or 4.4.3 unless a lower water-cement Nominal maximum
ratio or higher strength is required by Section 4.6. size of coarse Total air content,
aggregate, in. percent by volume

4.5 - Proportioning by water-cement ratio

4.5.1 -If suitable data from a record of 30 con-
secutive tests (Section 4.3) or from laboratory trial

ACI STANDARD
4.6.2 -Concrete that is intended to be watertight [Link] -When total quantity of a given class of
shall conform t o the following: concrete is less than 50 cu yd, strength tests may
be waived by the Building Official, if in his
[Link] - For concrete made with normal weight judgment adequate evidence of satisfactory
aggregate, water-cement ratio shall not exceed strength is provided.
0.50 by weight for exposure to fresh water and
0.45 by weight for exposure to seawater. [Link] - Average strength of two cylinders from
the same sample, tested at 28 days or the
[Link] - For concrete made with lightweight
specified earlier age, is required for each strength
aggregate, specified compressive strength f;
test.
shall be at least 3750 psi for exposure to fresh
water and 4000 psi for exposure to seawater. 4.8.2 - Tests of laboratory-cured specimens
4.6.3 -Concrete that will be exposed to injurious [Link] -Samples for strength tests shall be taken
concentrations of sulfate-containing solutions in accordance with "Method of Sampling Fresh
shall be made with sulfate-resisting cement, and Concrete" (ASTM C 172).
in addition:
[Link] - Cylinders for strength tests shall be
[Link] - For concrete made with normal weight
molded and laboratory-cured in accordance with
aggregate, water-cement ratio shall not exceed
"Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test
0.50 by weight.
Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C 31) and tested in
[Link] - For concrete made with lightweight accordance with "Method of Test for Com-
aggregate, specified compressive strength f; pressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
shall be at least 3750 psi. Specimens" (ASTM C 39).
[Link] - Strength level of an individual class of
4.7 - Average strength reduction concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both
of the following requirements are met:
After sufficient test data become available from
the job, methods of "Recommended Practice for (a) The average of all sets of three consecutive
Evaluation of Compression Test Results of strength tests equal or exceed required f;.
Concrete (ACI 214-77)" may be used to reduce the
amount by which the average strength must ex- (b) No individual strength test (average of two
ceed f; below that indicated in Section 4.3.1 cylinders) falls below required f; by more than
provided: 500 psi.

(a) Probable frequency of strength tests more [Link] - If either of the requirements of Section
than 500 psi below f; will not exceed 1 in 100, [Link] are not met, steps shall be taken im-
mediately to increase the average of subsequent
(b) Probable frequency of an average of three strength test results. Additionally, requirements
consecutive strength tests below f; will not of Section 4.8.4 shall be observed if the
exceed 1 in 100, and requirement of Section [Link](b) is not met.
(c) Special exposure requirements of Section 4.8.3 - Tests of field-cured specimens
4.6 are met.
[Link] -The Building Official may require
4.8 - Evaluation and acceptance of strength tests of cylinders cured under field
conditions to check adequacy of curing and
concrete
protection of concrete in the structure.
4.8.1 - Frequency of testing
[Link]-Field-cured cylinders shall be cured
[Link] -Samples for strength tests of each class under field conditions in accordance with Section
of concrete placed each day shall be taken not 7.4 of "Method of Making and Curing Concrete
less than once a day, nor less than once for each Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C 31).
150 cu yd of concrete, nor less than once for each
5000 sq ft of surface area for slabs or walls. [Link] - Field-cured test cylinders shall be
molded at the same time and from the same
[Link] - O n a given project, if total volume of samples as laboratory-cured test cylinders.
concrete is such that frequency of testing
required by Section [Link] would provide less [Link] - Procedures for protecting and curing
than five strength tests for a given class of con- concrete shall be improved when strength of field-
crete, tests shall be made from at least five ran- cured cylinders at the test age designated for
domly selected batches or from each batch if measuring f; is less than 85 percent of that of
fewer than five batches are used. companion laboratory-cured cylinders. When
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
laboratory-cured cylinder strengths are ap- [Link]- If concrete in the structure will be dry
preciably higher than t;, field-cured cylinder under service conditions, cores shall be air dried
strengths need not exceed f; by more than 500 psi (temperature 60 to 80 F, relative humidity less
even though the 85 percent criterion is not met. than 60 percent) for 7 days before test and shall be
tested dry. If concrete in the structure will be
4.8.4 - Investigation of low-strengthtest results more than superficially wet under service con-
[Link] -If any strength test (Section [Link]) of ditions, cores shall be immersed in water for at
laboratory-cured cylinders fa1Is below required f; least 48 hr and be tested wet.
by more than 500 psi [Section [Link](b)] or if tests
of field-cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in [Link] -Concrete in an area represented by core
protection and curing, steps shall be taken to tests shall be considered structurally adequate if
assure that load-carrying capacity of the structure the average of three cores is equal to at least 85
is not jeopardized. percent of f ; and if no single core is less than 75
percent off;. To check testing accuracy, locations
[Link] - If the likelihood of low-strength concrete represented by erratic core strengths may be
is confirmed and computations indicate that load- retested.
carrying capacity may have been significantly
reduced, tests of cores drilled from the area in [Link] -If criteria of Section [Link] are not met,
question may be required in accordance with and i f structural adequacy remains in doubt, the
"Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores responsible authority may order load tests as
and Sawed Beams of Concrete" (ASTM C 42). In outlined in Chapter 20 for the questionable por-
such case, three cores shall be taken for each tion of the structure, or take other action ap-
strength test more than 500 psi below required f;. propriate to the circumstances.

CHAPTER 5 - MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE

5.1 - Preparation of equipment and place 5.2 - Mixing

of deposit
5.2.1 -All concrete shall be mixed until there is a
-
5.1.1 Preparation before concrete placement uniform distribution of materials and shall be
shall include the following: discharged completely before mixer is recharged.
(a) All equipment for mixing and transporting
concrete shall be clean 5.2.2 - Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and
delivered in accordance with requirements set
(b) All debris and ice shall be removed from forth in "Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete"
spaces to be occupied by concrete (ASTM C 94).
(c) Forms shall be properly coated -
5.2.3 Job-mixed concrete shall be mixed in
(d) Masonry filler units that will be in contact accordance with the following:
with concrete shall be well drenched
(a) Mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of
(e) Reinforcement shall be thoroughly clean of approved type
ice or other deleterious coatings.
(f) Water shall be removed from place of (b) Mixer shall be rotated at a speed recom-
deposit before concrete is placed unless a mended by the manufacturer
tremie is to be used or unless otherwise per-
(c) Mixing shall be continued for at least 1%
mitted by the Building Official.
min after all materials are in the drum, unless a
(g) All laitance and other unsound material shorter time is shown to be satisfactory by the.
shall be removed before additional concrete is mixing uniformity tests of "Specification for
placed against hardened concrete. Ready-MixedConcrete" (ASTM C 94).

16 ACI STANDARD
5.3 - Conveying placement, except when cured in accordance with
Section 5.5.3.
5.3.1 -Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to
place of final deposit by methods that will prevent 5.5.2 - High-early-strength concrete shall be
separation or loss of materials. maintained above 50 F and in a moist condition
for at least the first 3 days, except when cured in
5.3.2 - Conveying equipment shall be capable of accordance with Section 5.5.3.
providing a supply of concrete at site of
placement without separation of ingredients and 5.5.3 - Accelerated curing
without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of [Link] -Curing by high pressure steam, steam at
plasticity between successive increments. atmospheric pressure, heat and moisture, or other
5.4 - Depositing accepted processes, may be employed to ac-
celerate strength gain and reduce time of curing.
5.4.1 - Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as
practicable in its final position to avoid [Link] - Accelerated curing shall provide a
segregation due to rehandling or flowing. compressive strength of the concrete at the load
stage considered at least equal to required design
5.4.2 - Concreting shall be carried on at such a strength at that load stage.
rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows
[Link] -Curing process shall be such as to
readily into spaces between reinforcement.
produce concrete with a durability at least
5.4.3 - Concrete that has partially hardened or equivalent to the curing method of Section 5.5.1 or
been contaminated by foreign materials shall not 5.5.2.
be deposited in the structure.
-
5.5.4 Supplementary strength tests in ac-
5.4.4 - Retempered concrete or concrete that has cordance with Section 4.8.3 may be required to
been remixed after initial set shall not be used assure that curing is satisfactory.
unless approved by the Engineer.
-
5.4.5 After concreting is started, it shall be
5.6 - Cold weather requirements
carried on as a continuous operation until placing
of a panel or section, as defined by its boundaries 5.6.1 - Adequate equipment shall be provided for
or predetermined joints, is completed except as heating concrete materials and protecting con-
permitted or prohibited by Section 6.4. crete during freezing or near-freezing weather.
5.4.6 -Top surfaces of vertically formed lifts shall 5.6.2 - All concrete materials and all rein-
be generally level. forcement, forms, fillers, and ground with which
5.4.7 -When construction joints are required, concrete is to come in contact shall be free from
joints shall be made in accordance with Section frost.
6.4. 5.6.3 - Frozen materials or materials containing
-
5.4.8 All concrete shall be thoroughly con- ice shall not be used.
solidated by suitable means during placement
and shall be thoroughly worked around rein-
forcement and embedded fixtures and into cor- 5.7 - Hot weather requirements
ners of forms. During hot weather, proper attention shall be
5.5 - Curing given to ingredients, production methods, han-
dling, placing, protection, and curing to prevent
5.5.1 - Concrete (other than high-early-strength) excessive concrete temperatures or water
shall be maintained above 50 F and in a moist evaporation that may impair required strength or
condition for at least the first 7 days after serviceability of the member or structure.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 6 - FORMWORK, EMBEDDED PIPES, AND
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

6.1 - Design of formwork struction, unless analysis indicates adequate

strength to support such additional loads.
6.1.1 - Forms shall result in a final structure that
conforms to shapes, lines, and dimensions of the 6.2.3 - Forms shall be removed in such manner as
members as required by the design drawings and not to impair safety and serviceability of the
specifications. structure. All concrete to be exposed by form
removal shall have sufficient strength not to be
6.1.2 - Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently damaged thereby.
tight to prevent leakage of mortar.
6.2.4 - Form supports for prestressed concrete
6.1.3- Forms shall be properly braced or tied members may be removed when sufficient
together to maintain position and shape. prestressing has been applied to enable
6.1.4 - Forms and their supports shall be prestressed members to carry their dead load and
designed so as not to damage previously placed anticipated construction loads.
structure.
6.1.5- Design of formwork shall include con-
6.3 - Conduits and pipes embedded in
concrete
sideration of the following factors:
6.3.1 -Conduits, pipes and sleeves of any
(a) Rate and method of placing concrete material not harmful to concrete and within
(b) Construction loads, including vertical, limitations of Section 6.3 may be embedded in
horizontal, and impact loads concrete with approval of the Engineer, provided
they are not considered to replace structurally the
(c) Special form requirements for construction displaced concrete.
of shells, folded plates, domes, architectural
concrete, or similar types of elements. 6.3.2 - Conduits and pipes of aluminum shall not
be embedded in structural concrete unless ef-
6.1.6 - Forms for prestressed concrete members fectively coated or covered to prevent aluminum-
shall be designed and constructed to permit concrete reaction or electrolytic action between
movement of the member without damage during aluminum and steel.
application of prestressing force.
6.3.3 - Conduits, pipes, and sleeves passing
6.2 - Removal of forms and shores through a slab, wall, or beam shall not impair
significantly the strength of the construction.
6.2.1 - No construction loads shall be supported
on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the 6.3.4 -Conduits and pipes, with their fittings,
structure under construction except when that embedded within a column shall not displace
portion of the structure in combination with more than 4 percent of the area of cross section
remaining forming and shoring system has suf- on which strength is calculated or which is
ficient strength to support safely its weight and required for fire protection.
loads placed thereon. 6.3.5 - Except when plans for conduits and pipes
[Link] -Sufficient strength may be demonstrated are approved by the Structural Engineer, conduits
by field-cured test cylinders and by a structural and pipes embedded within a slab, wall, or beam
analysis considering proposed loads in relation to (other than those merely passing through) shall
field-cured cylinder strengths and strength of the satisfy the following:
forming and shoring system. Such analysis and (a) They shall not be larger in outside dimen-
strength test data shall be furnished by the sion than 113 the overall thickness of slab, wall,
contractor to the Building Official when so or beam in which they are embedded
required.
(b) They shall not be spaced closer than 3
6.2.2 - No construction loads exceeding the diameters or widths on center
combination of superimposed dead load plus
specified live load shall be supported on any (c) They shall not impair significantly the
unshored portion of the structure under con- strength of the construction.
ACI STANDARD
6.3.6 - Conduits, pipes, and sleeves may be (h) In solid slabs the piping, unless it is for
considered as replacing structurally in com- radiant heating or snow melting, shall be placed
pression the displaced concrete provided: between top and bottom reinforcement.
(a) They are not exposed to rusting or other (i) Concrete cover for pipes and fittings shall
deterioration not be less than 11h in. for concrete exposed to
earth or weather, nor 314 in. for concrete not
(b) They are of uncoated or galvanized iron or exposed to weather or in contact with ground.
steel not thinner than standard Schedule 40
steel pipe, and (j) Reinforcement with an area not less than
0.002 times the area of concrete section shall
(c) They have a nominal inside diameter not be provided normal to the piping.
over 2 in. and are spaced not less than 3
diameters on centers. (k) Piping and fittings shall be assembled by
welding, brazing, solder-sweating, or other
6.3.7 - In addition to other requirements of equally satisfactory method. Screw con-
Section 6.3, pipes that will contain liquid, gas, or nections shall not be permitted. Piping shall be
vapor may be embedded in structural concrete so fabricated and installed that cutting, ben-
under the following conditions: ding, or displacement of reinforcement from its
(a) Pipes and fittings shall be designed to resist proper location will not be required.
effects of the material, pressure, and tem-
perature to which they will be subjected. 6.4 - Construction joints
6.4.1 -Where a construction joint is to be made,
(b) Temperature of liquid, gas, or vapor shall
the surface of concrete shall be thoroughly
not exceed 150 F.
cleaned and all laitance and standing water
(c) Maximum pressure to which any piping or removed.
fittings shall be subjected shall not exceed 200 6.4.2 - Vertical construction joints shall be
psi above atmospheric pressure. thoroughly wetted and coated with neat cement
(d) All piping and fittings except as provided in grout immediately before new concrete
(e) shall be tested as a unit for leaks before placement.
concrete placement. Testing pressure above 6.4.3 - Construction joints not indicated on the
atmospheric pressure shall be 50 percent in design drawings shall be so made and located as
excess of pressure to which piping and fittings not to impair significantly the strength of the
may be subjected, but minimum testing structure.
pressure shall not be less than 150 psi above
atmospheric pressure. Pressure test shall be 6.4.4 -Construction joints in floors shall be
held for 4 hr with no drop in pressure except located near the middle of spans of slabs, beams,
that which may be caused by air temperature. or girders, unless a beam intersects a girder at the
middle location, in which case joints in the girders
(e) Drain pipes and other piping designed for shall be offset a distance equal to twice the width
pressures of not more than 1 psi above at- of the beam. Provision shall be made for transfer
mospheric pressure need not be tested as of shear and other forces through construction
required in (d). joints.
(f) Pipes carrying liquid, gas, or vapor that is 6.4.5 - Beams, girders, or slabs supported by
explosive or injurious to health shall again be columns or walls shall not be cast or erected until
tested as specified in (d) after concrete has concrete in the vertical support members is no
hardened. longer plastic.
(g) No liquid, gas, or vapor, except water not 6.4.6 - Beams, girders, column capitals, and
exceeding 90 F nor 50 psi pressure, shall be haunches shall be considered as part of a slab
placed in the pipes until the concrete has at- system and shall be placed monolithically
tained its design strength. therewith.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 7 - DETAILS OF REINFORCEMENT

7.0 - Notation on the design drawings or permitted by the

Engineer.
d =distance from extreme compression fiber to
centroid of tension reinforcement, in. 7.4 - Surface conditions of reinforcement
db =nominal diameter of bar, wire, or
prestressing strand, in. 7.4.1 - A t time concrete is placed, metal rein-
f, = specified yield strength of nonprestressed
forcement shall be free from mud, oil, or other
reinforcement, psi nonmetallic coatings that adversely affect bond-
P, =development length, in. See Chapter 12 ing capacity.

7.1 - Standard hooks 7.4.2 - Metal reinforcement, except prestressing

tendons, with rust, mill scale, or a combination of
The term "standard hook" as used in this code both shall be considered satisfactory, provided
shall mean either: the minimum dimensions (including height of
deformations) and weight of a hand-wire-brushed
(a) A 180-deg bend plus an extension of at least test specimen are not less than applicable ASTM
4db but not less than 2112 in. at free end of bar, or specification requirements.
(b) A 90-deg bend plus an extension of at least 7.4.3 - Prestressing tendons shall be clean and
12db at free end of bar, or free of oil, dirt, scale, pitting and excessive rust. A
(c) For stirrup and tie hooks only, either a 90- light oxide is permissible.
deg or a 135-deg bend plus an extension of at
least 6db but not less than 2112 in. at free end of 7.5 - Placing reinforcement
bar. * 7.5.1 - Reinforcement, prestressing tendons, and
ducts shall be accurately placed and adequately
7.2 - Minimum bend diameters supported before concrete is placed, and shall be
7.2.1 -Diameter of bend measured on the inside secured against displacement within tolerances
of the bar, other than for stirrups and ties, shall permitted in Section 7.5.2.
not be less than the values in Table 7.2, except 7.5.2 - Unless otherwise specified by the
that for Grade 40 bars in sizes #3 through #l1, with Engineer, reinforcement, prestressing tendons,
180-deg bends only; diameter of bend shall not be and prestressing ducts shall be placed within the
less than 5db. following tolerances:
7.2.2 - Inside diameter of bends for stirrups and [Link] -Tolerance for depth d, and minimum
ties shall not be less than 4db for #5 bar and concrete cover in flexural members, walls and
smaller. For bars larger than #5, diameter of bend compression members shall be as follows:
shall be in accordance with Table 7.2.
7.2.3 - Inside diameter of bends in welded wire Tolerance on
Tolerance on
minimum
fabric (smooth or deformed) for stirrups and ties concrete cover
shall not be less than 4db for deformed wire larger d 5 8 in.
than D6 and 2db for all other wires. Bends with + 112 in. - 112 in.
inside diameter of less than 8db shall not be less
than 4db from nearest welded intersection. Except that tolerance for the clear distance to
formed soffits shall be minus 114 in. and tolerance
7.3 - Bending for cover shall not exceed minus one-third the
minimum concrete cover required in the contract
7.3.1 - A l l reinforcement shall be bent cold,
drawings or in the specifications.
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
[Link] - Tolerance for longitudinal location of
7.3.2 - Reinforcement partially embedded in
bends and ends of reinforcement shall be 2 in.
concrete shall not be field bent, except as shown
except at discontinuous ends of members where
Table 7.2 - MINIMUM DIAMETERS OF BEND tolerance shall be 1.112 in.
Bar size Minimum diameter
#3through #8 6 db
#9, #lo, and #11 8 db 'For closed tles defined as hoops in Append~xA, a 135-deg bend plus an extensfon
# l 4 and # I 8 10db o f at least lOdb (see Sect~onA.2)
--

ACI STANDARD
7.5.3 -Welded wire fabric (with wire size not than 4db for wire, nor 3db for strands. See also
greater than W5 or D5) used in slabs not ex- Section 3.3.3. Closer vertical spacing and bun-
ceeding 10 ft in span may be curved from a point dling of strands may be permitted in the middle
near the top of slab over the support to a point portion of a span.
near the bottom of slab at midspan, provided such
[Link] - Post-tensioning ducts may be bundled if
reinforcement is either continuous over, or shown that concrete can be satisfactorily placed
securely anchored at support.
and if provision is made to prevent the tendons,
7.5.4-Welding of crossing bars shall not be when tensioned, from breaking through the duct.
permitted for assembly of reinforcement unless
authorized by the Engineer.
7.7 - Concrete protection for
reinforcement
7.6 - Spacing limits for reinforcement 7.7.1 - Cast-in-placeconcrete (nonprestressed).
7.6.1 -Clear distance between parallel bars in a The following minimum concrete cover shall be
layer shall not be less than d, nor 1 in. See also provided for reinforcement:
Section 3.3.3.
Minimum
7.6.2 -Where parallel reinforcement is placed in cover, in.
two or more layers, bars in the upper layers shall (a) Concrete cast against and
be placed directly above bars in the bottom layer permanently exposed to earth . . 3
with clear distance between layers not less than 1
in. (b) Concrete exposed to earth or
weather:
7.6.3 - In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced
compression members, clear distance between #6 through #18 bars. . . . . . . 2
longitudinal bars shall not be less than ISd, nor #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and
11/2 in. See also Section 3.3.3. smaller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/2

7.6.4-Clear distance limitation between bars (c) Concrete not exposed to

shall apply also to the clear distance between a weather or in contact with
contact lap splice and adjacent splices or bars. ground:
7.6.5 - In walls and slabs other than concrete joist Slabs, walls, joists:
construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall #14 and #18 bars. . . . . . . . . . 1 1/2
not be spaced farther apart than 3 times the wall #11 bar and smaller . . . . . . . 314
or slab thickness, nor 18 in.
Beams, columns:
7.6.6 - Bundled bars Primary reinforcement, ties,
[Link]-Groups of parallel reinforcing bars stirrups, spirals . . . . . . . . . . . 1'/2
bundled in contact to act as a unit shall be limited Shells, folded plate mem-
to 4 in any one bundle. bers:
[Link] - Bundled bars shall be enclosed within #6 bar and larger. . . . . . . . . . 314
stirrups or ties. #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and
smaller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
[Link] - Bars larger than #11 shall not be bundled
in beams. -
7.7.2 Precast concrete (manufactured under
plant control conditions)
[Link]- Individual bars within a bundle ter-
minated within the span of flexural members shall The following minimum concrete cover shall be
terminate at different points with at least 40db provided for reinforcement:
stagger.
(a) Concrete exposed to earth or
[Link] - Where spacing limitations and minimum weather:
concrete cover are based on bar diameter d, a Wall panels:
unit of bundled bars shall be treated as a single #14 and #18 bars. . . . . . . . . . 1 1/2
bar of a diameter derived from the equivalent total #11 bar and smaller . . . . . . . 314
area. Other members:
7.6.7 - Prestressing tendons and ducts #14 and #18 bars.. . . . . . . . . 2
#6 through #11 bars . . . . . . . 11/2
[Link] - Clear distance between pretensioning #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire,
tendons at each end of a member shall not be less and smaller. . . . . . . . . . . . 11
h

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 (b) Concrete not exposed to minimum concrete cover for nonprestressed
weather or in contact with reinforcement shall be as required in Section
ground: 7.7.2.
Slabs, walls, joists: 7.7.4 - For bundled bars, minimum concrete cover
#14 and #18 bars. . . . . . . . . . 11/4 shall be equal to the equivalent diameter of the
#11 bar and smaller . . . . . . . 518 bundle, but need not be greater than 2 in.; except
Beams, columns: for concrete cast against and permanently ex-
Primary reinforcement . . d b but not less posed to earth, minimum cover shall be 3 in.
than 518 and 7.7.5 - In corrosive environments or other severe
need not exposure conditions, amount of concrete
exceed 11/2 protection shall be suitably increased, and
Ties, stirrups, spirals. ..... 318 denseness and nonporosity of protecting con-
crete shall be considered, or other protection
Shells, folded plate shall be provided.
members:
7.7.6 - Exposed reinforcement, inserts, and plates
#6 bar and larger. . . . . . . . . . 518
#5 bar, W31 or 031 wire, and intended for bonding with future extensions shall
smaller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 be protected from corrosion.
7.7.7 -When the general building code (of which
7.7.3 - Prestressed concrete this code forms a part) requires a thickness of
[Link] -The following minimum concrete cover cover for fire protection greater than the minimum
shall be provided for prestressed and non- concrete cover specified in Section 7.7, such
prestressed reinforcement, ducts, and end fit- greater thicknesses shall be used.
tings, except as provided in Sections [Link] and
[Link]:
7.8 - Special reinforcing details for
columns
Minimum 7.8.1 - Offset bars
cover, in.
(a) Concrete cast against and Offset bent longitudinal bars shall conform to the
permanently exposed following:
toearth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 [Link] -Slope of inclined portion of an offset bar
(b) Concrete exposed to earth or with axis of column shall not exceed 1 in 6.
weather: [Link] - Portions of bar above and below an offset
Wall panels, slabs, joists . . . 1 shall be parallel to axis of column.
Other members . . . . . . . . . . . 11/2
[Link] - Horizontal support at offset bends shall
(c) Concrete not exposed to be provided by lateral ties, spirals, or parts of the
weather or in contact floor construction. Horizontal support provided
with ground: shall be designed to resist 1V2 times the
Slabs, walls, joists. . . . . . . . . 314 horizontal component of the computed force in
the inclined portion of an offset bar. Lateral ties or
Beams, columns:
spirals, i f used, shall be placed not more than 6 in.
Primary reinforcement . . . . 1V2
from points of bend.
Ties, stirrups, spirals. . . . . . 1
[Link]- Offset bars shall be bent before
Shells, folded plate mem- placement in the forms. See Section 7.3.
bers:
#5 bar, W31 or 031 wire, and [Link]- Where a column face is offset 3 in. or
smaller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 greater, longitudinal bars shall not be offset bent.
Separate dowels, lap spliced with the longitudinal
Other reinforcement . . . .db but not less bars adjacent to the offset column faces, shall be
than 314 provided. Lap splices shall conform to Section
12.18.
[Link] - For prestressed concrete members
exposed to earth, weather, or corrosive en- 7.8.2 - Steel cores
vironments, minimum concrete cover shall be Load transfer in structural steel cores of com-
increased 50 percent if the tensile stress of posite compression members shall be provided by
Section 18.4.2(b) is exceeded. the following:
[Link] - For prestressed concrete members [Link] -Ends of structural steel cores shall be
manufactured under plant control conditions, accurately finished to bear at end bearing splices,
ACI STANDARD
with positive provision for alignment of one core [Link] - For cast-in-place construction, size of
above the other in concentric contact. spirals shall not be less than 318 in. diameter.
[Link]- At end bearing splices, bearing shall be [Link] -Clear spacing between spirals shall not
considered effective to transfer not more than 50 exceed 3 in., nor be less than 1 in. See also
percent of the total compressive stress in the Section 3.3.3.
steel core.
[Link] - Anchorage of spiral reinforcement shall
[Link] - Transfer of stress between column base be provided by 1V2 extra turns of spiral bar or wire
and footing shall be designed in accordance with at each end of a spiral unit.
Section 15.8.
[Link] - Splices in spiral reinforcement shall be
[Link] - Base of structural steel section shall be lap splices of 48d, but not less than 12 in., or
designed to transfer the total load from the entire welded.
composite member to the footing; or, the base
[Link] - Spirals shall extend from top of footing
may be designed to transfer the load from the
or slab in any story to level of lowest horizontal
steel core only, provided ample concrete section
reinforcement in members supported above.
is available for transfer of the portion of the total
load carried by the reinforced concrete section to [Link] -Where beams or brackets do not frame
the footing by compression in the concrete and by into all sides of a column, ties shall extend above
reinforcement. termination of spiral to bottom of slab or drop
panel.
7.9 - Connections [Link] - In columns with capitals, spirals shall
7.9.1 - At connections of principal framing extend to a level at which the diameter or width of
elements (such as beams and columns), en- capital is 2 times that of the column.
closure shall be provided for splices of continuing [Link] - Spirals shall be held firmly in place and
reinforcement and for end anchorage of rein- true to line by vertical spacers.
forcement terminating in such connections.
[Link] - For spiral bar or wire smaller than 518
7.9.2 - Enclosure at connections may consist of in. diameter, a minimum of two spacers shall be
external concrete or internal closed ties, spirals, used for spirals less than 20 in. in diameter, three
or stirrups. spacers for spirals 20 to 30 in. in diameter, and
four spacers for spirals greater than 30 in. in
7.10 - Lateral reinforcement for com- diameter.
pression members
[Link] 1 - For spiral bar or wire 518 in. diameter or
7.10.1 - Lateral reinforcement for compression larger, a minimum of three spacers shall be used
members shall conform to the provisions of for spirals 24 in. or less in diameter, and four
Sections 7.10.4 and 7.10.5 and, where shear or spacers for spirals greater than 24 in. in diameter.
torsion reinforcement is required, shall also
conform to provisions of Chapter 11. 7.1 0.5 - Ties
7.10.2 - Lateral reinforcement requirements for Tie reinforcement for compression members shall
composite compression members shall conform conform to the following:
t o Section 10.14. Lateral reinforcement [Link] -All nonprestressed bars shall be en-
requirements for prestressing tendons shall closed by lateral ties, at least #3 in size for
conform to Section 18.11. longitudinal bars #10 or smaller, and at least #4 in
7.10.3 - Lateral reinforcement requirements of size for #11, #14, #18, and bundled longitudinal
Sections 7.10, 10.14, and 18.11 may be waived bars. Deformed wire or welded wire fabric of
where tests and structural analysis show equivalent area may be used.
adequate strength and feasibility of construction. [Link] -Vertical spacing of ties shall not exceed
7.10.4 - Spirals 16 longitudinal bar diameters, 48 tie bar or wire
diameters, or least dimension of the compression
Spiral reinforcement for compression members member.
shall conform to Section 10.9.3 and to the
[Link] -Ties shall be arranged such that every
following:
corner and alternate longitudinal bar shall have
[Link] -Spirals shall consist of evenly spaced lateral support provided by the corner of a tie with
continuous bar or wire of such size and so an included angle of not more than 135 deg and no
assembled to permit handling and placing without bar shall be farther than 6 in. clear on each side
distortion from designed dimensions. along the tie from such a laterally supported bar.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

Where longitudinal bars are located around the 7.12 - Shrinkage and temperature rein-
perimeter of a circle, a complete circular tie may forcement
be used.
7.12.1 - Reinforcement for shrinkage and tem-
[Link] -Ties shall be located vertically not more perature stresses normal to flexural rein-
than half a tie spacing above the top of footing or forcement shall be provided in structural floor and
slab in any story, and shall be spaced as provided roof slabs where the flexural reinforcement ex-
herein to not more than half a tie spacing below tends in one direction only.
the lowest horizontal reinforcement in slab or drop
panel above. 7.12.2 - Area of shrinkage and temperature
reinforcement shall provide at least the following
[Link] - Where beams or brackets frame into all ratios of reinforcement area to gross concrete
sides of a column, ties may be terminated not area, but not less than 0.0014:
more than 3 in'. below the lowest reinforcement in
such beams or brackets. Slabs where Grade 40 or 50
7.1 1 - Lateral reinforcement for flexural deformed bars are used . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0020
members Slabs where Grade 60 de-
7.11.1 -Compression reinforcement in beams formed bars or welded wire
shall be enclosed by ties or stirrups satisfying the fabric (smooth or deformed)
size and spacing limitations in Section 7.10.5or by are used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0018
welded wire fabric of equivalent area. Such ties or Slabs where reinforcement
stirrups shall be provided throughout the distance with yield strength exceed-
where compression reinforcement is required.
ing 60,000 psi measured
7.11.2 - Lateral reinforcement for flexural framing at a yield strain
members subject to stress reversals or to torsion of 0.35 percent is used . . . . .
at supports shall consist of closed ties, closed
stirrups, or spirals extending around the flexural
reinforcement. 7.12.3 - Shrinkage and temperature reinforcement
shall not be spaced farther apart than 5 times the
7.11.3 -Closed ties or stirrups may be formed in slab thickness, nor 18 in.
one piece by overlapping standard stirrup or tie
end hooks around a longitudinal bar, or formed in 7.12.4 - A t all sections where required, rein-
one or two pieces lap spliced with a Class C splice forcement for shrinkage and temperature stresses
(lap of 1.7Pd), or anchored in accordance with shall develop the specified yield strength 1, in
Section 12.14. tension in accordance with Section 12.1 or 12.16.

ACI STANDARD
PART 4 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 8 - ANALYSIS AND DESIGN -GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

8.0 - Notation 8.2.2 -Service loads shall be in accordance with

the general building code of which this code
A, =area of nonprestressed tension rein- forms a part, with such live load reductions as are
forcement, sq in. permitted in the general building code.
A; = area of compression reinforcement, sq in.
b = width of compression face of member, in. 8.2.3- In design for wind and earthquake loads,
d =distance from extreme compression fiber to integral structural parts shall be designed to
centroid of tension reinforcement, in. resist the total lateral loads.
E, =modulus of elasticity of concrete, psi. See 8.2.4 - Consideration shall be given to effects of
Section 8.5.1 forces due to prestressing, crane loads, vibration,
E, = modulus of elasticity of reinforcement, psi. impact, shrinkage, temperature changes, creep,
See Sections 8.5.2 and 8.5.3 and unequal settlement of supports.
fg =specified compressive strength of con-
crete, psi
= specified yield strength of nonprestressed 8.3 - Methods of analysis
f,
reinforcement, psi 8.3.1 - A l l members of frames or continuous
P,, =clear span for positive moment or shear and construction shall be designed for the maximum
average of adjacent clear spans for negative effects of factored loads as determined by the
moment theory of elastic analysis, except as modified
V, =nominal shear strength provided by con- according to Section 8.4. Simplifying assump-
crete tions of Section 8.6 through 8.9 may be used.
w, =factored load per unit length of beam or per
unit area of slab 8.3.2 - Except for prestressed concrete, ap-
w, = unit weight of concrete, Ib per cu f ? proximate methods of frame analysis may be used
p, = factor defined in Section 10.2.7 for buildings of usual types of construction,
p =ratio of nonprestressed tension rein- spans, and story heights.
forcement
= A,lbd 8.3.3 - In lieu of a more accurate method of frame
p' = ratio of nonprestressed compression analysis, the following approximate moments and
reinforcement shears may be used in design of continuous
=Ailbd beams and one-way slabs (slabs reinforced to
p, = reinforcement ratio producing balanced resist flexural stresses in only one direction),
strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2 provided:
=strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3
(a) There are two or more spans,
8.1 - Design methods (b) Spans are approximately equal, with the
8.1.1 - In design of reinforced concrete struc- larger of two adjacent spans not greater than
tures, members shall be proportioned for the shorter by more than 20 percent,
adequate strength in accordance with provisions
of this code, using load factors and strength (c) Loads are uniformly distributed, and
reduction factors 4 specified in Chapter 9. (d) Unit live load does not exceed 3 times unit
8.1.2 - Alternatively, nonprestressed reinforced dead load.
concrete members may be designed using service
loads and permissible service load stresses in
accordance with provisions of Appendix B-
Alternate Design Method.
8.2 - Loading *
'Prov~slonsin thls code are suitable for Iwe, wind, and ea9hquake loads, such as
8.2.1 -Design provisions of this [Link] based those recommended in "Building Code Requirements for M ~ n ~ m uDes~gn
m Loads In
Budding and Other Structures." ANSI A-58.1, of the American National Standards
on the assumption that structures shall be Institute
designed to resist all applicable loads. tSpeclal prov~sionsfor seismic design are given in Appendix A.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 --

Positive moment
End spans 8.4.2 - The modified negative moments shall be
Discontinuous end used for calculating moments at sections within
unrestrained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wuPn2/11 the spans.
Discontinuous end integral
with support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wuPn2/14 8.4.3 - Redistribution of negative moments shall
be made only when the section, at which moment
Interior spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wP
,, '/I6 is reduced, is so designed that p or p - p ' is not
greater than 0.50 p,, where
Negative moment at exterior face
of first interior support

Two spans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wuPn'/9

More than two spans. . . . . . . . . . . w,Pn ' / I 0 8.5 - Modulus of elasticity
8.5.1 - Modulus of elasticity E, for concrete may
Negative moment at other faces be taken as w A . ~ 33g; (in psi) for values of w ,
of interior supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wuPn between 90 and 155 Ib per cu ft. For normal weight
concrete, E , may be taken as 57,000fi;.
Negative moment at face of all 8.5.2 - Modulus of elasticity E , for non-
supports for: prestressed reinforcement may be taken as
29,000,000 psi.
Slabs with spans not
exceeding 10 ft; and 8.5.3 - Modulus of elasticity E , for prestressing
Beams where ratio of tendons shall be determined by tests or supplied
sum of column stiff- by the manufacturer.
nesses to beam stiff-
ness exceeds eight at 8.6 - Stiffness
each end of the span. . . . . . . . . wuPn' / I 2
8.6.1 -Any reasonable assumptions may be
adopted for computing relative flexural and tor-
Negative moment at interior face sional stiffnesses of columns, walls, floors, and
of exterior support for mem- roof systems. Assumptions shall be consistent
bers built integrally with throughout analysis.
supports 8.6.2 - Effect of haunches shall be considered
Where support is a spandrel both in determining moments and in design of
'
beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w, Pn /24 members.
Where support is a column. . . . . . w,~,,'/16 8.7 - Span length
8.7.1 - Span length of members not built integrally
Shear in end members at face of with supports shall be considered the clear span
first interior support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15 wuPn/2 plus depth of member but need not exceed
distance between centers of supports.
Shear at face of all other
8.7.2- In analysis of frames or continuous con-
supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w,Pn/2
struction for determination of moments, span
length shall be taken as the distance center-to-
center of supports.
,4 - Redistribution of negative moments 8.7.3 - For beams built integrally with supports,
in continuous nonprestressed moments at faces of support may be used for
flexural members* design.
8.4.1 - Except where approximate values for 8.7.4 - Solid or ribbed slabs built integrally with
moments are used, negative moments calculated supports, with clear spans not more than 10 ft,
by elastic theory at supports of continuous may be analyzed as continuous slabs on knife
flexural members for any assumed loading
arrangement may each be increased or decreased
'For criteria on moment redistribution for prestressed concrete members, see
by not more than Section 18.10.4.

ACI STANDARD
edge supports with spans equal to the clear spans (a) 1112 the span length of the beam,
of the slab and width of beams otherwise
neglected. (b) 6 times the slab thickness, nor

8.8 - Columns (c) 112 the clear distance to the next web.

8.8.1 -Columns shall be designed to resist the 8.10.4 - Isolated beams, in which the T-shape is
axial forces from factored loads on all floors or used to provide a flange for additional com-
roof and the maximum moment from factored pression area, shall have a flange thickness not
loads on a single adjacent span of the floor or roof less than 112 the width of web and an effective
under consideration. Loading condition giving the flange width not more than 4 times the width of
maximum ratio of moment to axial load shall also web.
be considered.
8.10.5 -Where primary flexural reinforcement in a
8.8.2- In frames or continuous construction, slab that is considered as a T-beam flange (ex-
consideration shall be given to the effect of un- cluding joist construction) is parallel to the beam,
balanced floor or roof loads on both exterior and reinforcement perpendicular to the beam shall be
interior columns and of eccentric loading due to provided in the top of the slab in accordance with
other causes. the following:

8.8.3- In computing moments in columns due to [Link] -Transverse reinforcement shall be

gravity loading, far ends of columns built in- designed to carry the factored load on the
tegrally with the structure may be considered overhanging slab width assumed to act as a
fixed. cantilever. For isolated beams, the full width of
overhanging flange shall be considered. For other
8.8.4 - Resistance to moments at any floor or roof T-beams, only the effective overhanging slab
level shall be provided by distributing the moment width need be considered.
between columns immediately above and below
the given floor in proportion to the relative column [Link] -Transverse reinforcement shall not be
stiffnesses and conditions of restraint. spaced farther apart than ' 5 times the slab
thickness. nor 18 in.
8.9 - Arrangement of live load
8.1 1 - Joist construction
8.9.1 - Live load may be considered to be applied
only to the floor or roof under consideration, and 8.11.1-Joist construction consists of a
far ends of columns built integrally with the monolithic combination of regularly spaced ribs
structure may be considered fixed. and a top slab arranged to span in one direction or
two orthogonal directions.
8.9.2 - Arrangement of live load may be limited to
combinations of: 8.11.2- Ribs shall not be less than 4 in. in width;
and shall have a depth of not more than 31/2 times
(a) Factored dead load on all spans with full the minimum width of rib.
factored live load on two adjacent spans, and
8.11.3 - Clear spacing between ribs shall not
(b) Factored dead load on all spans with full exceed 30 in.
factored live load on alternate spans.
8.11.4-Joist construction not meeting the
8.10 - T-beam construction limitations of Sections 8.11.1 through 8.11.3 shall
be designed as slabs and beams.
-
8.10.1 In T-beam construction, the flange and
web shall be built integrally or otherwise ef- 8.1 1.5 - When permanent burned clay or concrete
fectively bonded together. tile fillers of material having a unit compressive
8.10.2 -Width of slab effective as a T-beam flange strength at least equal to that of the specified
shall not exceed 114 the span length of the beam, strength of concrete in the joists are used:
and the effective overhanging flange width on each (a) Vertical shells of fillers in contact with the
side of the web shall not exceed: ribs may be included in strength computations
(a) 8 times the slab thickness, nor for shear and negative moment. Other portions
of fillers shall not be included in strength
(b) 112 the clear distance to the next web. computations.
8.10.3- For beams with a slab on one side only, (b) Slab thickness over permanent fillers shall
the effective overhanging flange width shall not not be less than 1112 the clear distance between
exceed: ribs. nor less than 1l/2 in.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
 (c) In one-way joists, reinforcement normal to total overall depth of the conduits or pipes at any
the ribs shall be provided in the slab as required point. Conduits or pipes shall not impair
by Section 7.12. significantly the strength of the construction.
8.1 1.8 - Shear strength provided by concrete V c
8.11.6-When removable forms or fillers not
for the ribs may be taken as 10 percent greater
complying with Section 8.11.5 are used:
than provided in Chapter 11. Shear strength may
(a) Slab thickness shall not be less than 1112 be increased by use of shear reinforcement or by
the clear distance between ribs, nor less than 2 widening the ends of the ribs.
in.
8.12 - Separate floor finish
(b) Reinforcement normal to the ribs shall be
8.12.1 - A floor finish shall not be included as part
provided in the slab as required for flexure,
of a structural member unless placed
considering load concentrations, if any, but not
monolithically with the floor slab or designed in
less than required by Section 7.12.
accordance with requirements of Chapter 17.
8.1 1.7 - Where conduits or pipes as permitted by 8.12.2-All concrete floor finishes may be con-
Section 6.3 are embedded within the slab, slab sidered as part of required cover or total thickness
thickness shall be at least 1 in. greater than the for nonstructural considerations.

CHAPTER 9 - STRENGTH AND SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS

9.0 - Notation =moment of inertia of gross concrete
section about centroidal axis, neglecting
= gross area of section, sq in. reinforcement
= area of nonprestressed tension rein- =span length of beam or one-way slab, as
forcement, sq in. defined in Section 8.7; clear projection of
=area of compression reinforcement, sq cantilever, in.
in. =length of clear span in long direction of
=distance from extreme compression two-way construction, measured face-to-
fiber to centroid of compression rein- face of supports in slabs without beams
forcement, in. and face-to-face of beams or other
=distance from extreme tension fiber to supports in other cases
centroid of tension reinforcement, in. =live loads, or related internal moments
=dead loads, or related internal moments and forces
and forces =maximum moment in member at stage
=load effects of earthquake, or related deflection is computed
internal moments and forces = cracking moment. See Section [Link]
=modulus of elasticity of concrete, psi. =nominal axial load strength at balanced
See Section 8.5.1 strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2
=specified compressive strength of =nominal axial load strength at given
concrete, psi eccentricity
=square root of specified compressive = factored axial load at given eccentricity
strength of concrete, psi 5 d="
=average splitting tensile strength of = cumulative effects of temperature, creep,
shrinkage, and differential settlement
lightweight aggregate concrete, psi
=required strength to resist factored loads
= modulus of rupture of concrete, psi or related internal moments and forces
=specified yield strength o f non- =weight of concrete, Ib per cu ft
prestressed reinforcement, psi =wind load, or related internal moments
= lateral pressure of liquids, or related and forces
internal moments and forces =distance from centroidal axis of gross
= overall thickness of member, in. section, neglecting reinforcement, to
= lateral earth pressure, or related internal extreme fiber in tension
moments and forces = ratio of flexural stiffness of beam section
=moment of inertia of cracked section to flexural stiffness of a width of slab
transformed to concrete bounded laterally by center line of ad-
=effective moment of inertia for com- jacent panel (if any) on each side of
putation of deflection beam. See Chapter 13

ACI STANDARD
am = average value of (Y for all beams on edges 9.2.5 - If resistance to lateral liquid pressure F is
of a panel included in design, load combinations of Section
fl =ratio of clear spans in long to short 9.2.4 shall apply, except that 1.4F shall be sub-
direction of two-way slabs stituted for 1.7H. Vertical liquid pressure shall be
8, =ratio of length of continuous edges to considered as dead load D, with due regard to
total perimeter of a slab panel variation in liquid depth.
4 = strength reduction factor. See Section 9.2.6 - If resistance to impact effects is taken into
9.3
account in design, such effects shall be included
9.1 - General with live load L.
9.1.1 - Structures and structural members shall be 9.2.7 -Where structural effects T of differential
designed to have design strengths at all sections settlement, creep, shrinkage, or temperature
at least equal to the required strengths calculated change may be significant in design, required
for the factored loads and forces in such com- strength U shall be at least equal to
binations as are stipulated in this code
9.1.2- Members also shall meet all other
requirements of this code to insure adequate but required strength U shall not be less than
performance at service load levels.
9.2 - Required strength
9.2.1 - Required strength U to resist dead load D Estimations of differential settlement, creep,
and live load L shall be at least equal to shrinkage, or temperature change shall be based
on a realistic assessment of such effects oc-
curring in service.

9.2.2 - If resistance to structural effects of a 9.3 - Design strength

specified wind load W are included in design, the
9.3.1 -Design strength provided by a member or
following combinations of D, L, and W shall be
cross section in terms of load, moment, shear, or
investigated to determine the greatest required
stress shall be taken as the nominal strength
strength U
calculated in accordance with requirements and
assumptions of this code, multiplied by a strength
reduction factor 6 .
where load combinations shall include both full 9.3.2-Strength reduction factor t$ shall be as
value and zero value of L to determine the more follows:
severe condition, and
Flexure, with or without axial tension . . 0.90
Axial tension.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.90
Axial compression, with or without flexure:
but for any combination of D, L, and W, required
Members with spiral reinforcement
strength U shall not be less than Eq. (9-1).
conforming to Section 10.9.3. . . . . . . . . 0.75
9.2.3 - If resistance to specified earthquake loads Other reinforced members . . . . . . . . . .0.70
or forces E are included in design, load com-
except that for low values of axial load, 4
binations of Section 9.2.2 shall apply, except that
may be increased in accordance with
1.1 E shall be substituted for W.
the following:
9.2.4 - If resistance to lateral earth pressure H is For members in which f, does not exceed
included in design, required strength U shall be at 60,000 psi, with symmetric reinforce-
least equal to ment, and with (h -d' -ds)lh not less than
0.70, t$ may be increased linearly to 0.90
as t$P, decreases from [Link];A, to
zero.
except that where D or L reduce the effect of H,
0.9D shall be substituted for 1.40 and zero value For other reinforced members, t$ may be
of L shall be used to determine the greatest increased linearly to 0.90 as #P, decreases
required strength U. For any combination of D, L, from [Link];Ag or P , whichever is
and H, required strength U shall not be less than smaller, to zero.
Eq. (9-1). Shear and torsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.85
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS 29
 (e) Bearing on concrete (a) When f,, is specified and concrete is
(See also Section 18.13). . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 proportioned in accordance with Section 4.2, f,
(f) Flexure in plain concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.65
shall be modified by substituting fc,/6.7 for <
but the value of fc,/6.7 shall not exceed
-
9.3.3 Development lengths specified in Chapter (b) When f,, is not specified, f, shall be
12 do not require a +-factor. multiplied by 0.75 for "all-lightweight" con-
9.4 - Design strength for reinforcement crete, and 0.85 for "sand-lightweight" concrete.
Linear interpolation may be used when partial
Designs shall not be based on a yield strength of sand replacement is used.
reinforcement f, in excess of 80,000 psi, except
[Link] - For continuous spans, effective moment
for prestressing tendons.
of inertia may be taken as the average of values
9.5 - Control of deflections obtained from Eq. (9-7) for the critical positive and
negative moment sections.
9.5.1 -Reinforced concrete members subject to
flexure shall be designed to have adequate stiff- [Link]- Unless values are obtained by a more
ness to limit deflections or any deformations that comprehensive analysis, additional long-time
may adversely affect strength or serviceability of a deflection for flexural members (normal weight or
structure at service loads. lightweight concrete) shall be obtained by
multiplying the immediate deflection caused by
9.5.2 - One-wayconstruction (nonprestressed) the sustained load considered, by the factor
[Link] - Minimum thickness stipulated in Table
9.5(a) shall apply for one-way construction not
supporting or attached to partitions or other
construction likely to be damaged by large [Link] - Deflection computed in accordance with
deflections, unless computation of deflection Sections [Link] through [Link] shall not exceed
indicates a lesser thickness may be used without limits stipulated in Table 9.5(b)
adverse effects.
[Link]- Where deflections are to be computed,
deflections that occur immediately on application
9.5.3 - Two-way construction (nonprestressed)
of load shall be computed by usual methods or [Link] - Minimum thickness of slabs or other two-
formulas for elastic deflections, considering way construction designed in accordance with
effects of cracking and reinforcement on member provisions of Chapter 13, and having a ratio of
stiffness. long to short span not exceeding 2, shall be
governed by Eq. (9-lo), (9-11) and (9-12) and the
[Link] - Unless stiffness values are obtained by a other provisions of Section 9.5.3.
more comprehensive analysis, immediate
deflection shall be computed with the modulus of
elasticity E , for concrete as specified in Section
8.5.1 (normal weight or lightweight concrete) and
with the effective moment of inertia as follows,
but not greater than I , . -
Table 9.5(a) MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NON
PRESTRESSED BEAMS OR ONE-WAY SLABS
UNLESS DEFLECTIONS ARE COMPUTED*
Minimum thickness, h
Simply One end Both ends Canti-
sumorted continuous continuous lever
where Members not supporting or attached to
Member partitions or other construction likely to be
damaged by large deflections.
Solid one- u20 U24 1128 1'110
way slabs
Beams or
ribbed one- PI1 6 Y118.5 1'121 d8
and for normal weight concrete, way slabs
'Span length I'is in inches.
f , = 7.5* (9-9) Values given shall be used directly for members with normal weight concrete
(w, = 145 p c f and Grade 60 reinforcement. For other conditions, the values shall be
modified as follows:
(a) For structural lightweight concrete having unit weights in the range90.120 Ib per
cu ft the values shall be multiplied by (1.65-0.005 w,) but not lessthan 1.09, where
When lightweight aggregate concrete is used, one wC ;i the unit weight in Ib percu ft.
of the following modifications shall apply: (b) For f , other than 60,000 psi, the values shall be multiplied by (0.4 + f, H00,OOO).

ACI STANDARD
 TABLE 9.5(b) - MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE COMPUTED DEFLECTIONS --
Deflect ion
Type of member . Deflection to be considered limitation
Flat roofs not supporting Immediate deflection due to
-
Y'
or attached to nonstruc- live load L
tural elements likely to 180
be damaged by large de-
f lect ions- . . -
Floors not supporting or Immediate deflection due to
-
L'
attached to nonstructural live load L
elements likely to be dam- 360
aged by large deflections
Roof or floor construction That part of the total deflec- fT
supporting or attached to tion occurring after attachment -
nonstructural elements of nonstructural elements (sum 480
likely to bedamaged by of the long-time deflection
large deflections due to all sustained loads and
the immediate deflection due
Roof or floor construction to any additional live load)*
supporting or attached to
-
P"
nonstructural elements not
likely to be damaged by 240
large deflections
'Limit not intended t o safeguard agamst ponding. Ponding should be checked by sultable calculat~onsof deflect~on,~ n c l u d ~ nadded g deflecttons due t o ponded Water. and
considering long-timeeffects o f all sustained loads, camber, construction tolerances. and r e l ~ a b t l ~of
t y provlstons for dratnage
+Limit may be exceeded ~fadequate measures are taken to prevent damage t o supported or attached elements.
+Long-time defiectton shall be determined in accordance with Sectlon 9.5 2 5 or 9.5.4 2 but may be reduced by amount o f d e f l e c t ~ o ncalculated t o occur before attachment o f
nonstructural elements T h ~ samount shall be determ~nedon b a s ~ so f accepted engineering data reiat~ngto tlme-deflection characterlsttcs o f members s ~ m i l a rto those b e ~ n g
considered
•˜But not greater than tolerance prov~dedfor nonstructural elements Llmlt may be exceeded 11camber IS ~ r o v l d e dso that t o % deflectton mlnus camber does not exceed llmlt

[Link] - At discontinuous edges, an edge beam

shall be provided with a stiffness ratio a not less
than 0.80; or the minimum thickness required by
Eq. (9-lo), (9-11), (9-12) or Section [Link], shall be
increased by at least 10 percent in the panel with a
but not less than discontinuous edge.

[Link] -Slab thickness less than the minimum

thickness required by Sections [Link],[Link], and
[Link] may be used i f shown by computation that
and need not be more than deflection will not exceed the limits stipulated in
Table 9.5(b). Deflections shall be computed taking
into account size and shape of panel, conditions
of support, and nature of restraints at panel
however, the thickness shall not be less than the edges. For deflection computations, modulus of
following values: elasticity E, for concrete shall be as specified in
Section 8.5.1. Effective moment of inertia shall be
(a) Slabs without beams or drop that given by Eq. (9-7);other values may be used if
panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 in. computed deflection is in reasonable agreement
(b) Slabs without beams, but with results of comprehensive tests. Additional
with drop panels conforming to long-time deflection shall be computed in ac-
cordance with Section [Link].
Section [Link]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in.
(c) Slabs with beams on all four 9.5.4 - Prestressedconcrete construction
edges with a value of CY, at
least equal to 2.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31/2 in. [Link] - For flexural members designed in ac-
cordance with provisions of Chapter 18, im-
[Link] - For slabs without beams, but with drop mediate deflection shall be computed by usual
panels extending in each direction from center methods or formulas for elastic deflections, and
line of support a distance not less than 116 the the moment of inertia of the gross concrete
span length in that direction measured center-to- section may be used for uncracked sections.
center of supports, and a projection below the
slab at least 114 the slab thickness beyond the [Link] - Additional long-time deflection of
drop, thickness required by Eq. (9-lo), (9-11), or (9- prestressed concrete members shall be computed
12) may be reduced by 10 percent. taking into account stresses in concrete and steel

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

under sustained load and including effects of computed, account should be taken of curvatures
creep and shrinkage of concrete and relaxation of resulting from differential shrinkage of precast
steel. and cast-in-place components, and of axial creep
effects in a prestressed concrete member.
[Link] - Deflection computed in accordance with
Sections [Link] and [Link] shall not exceed limits
stipulated in Table 9.5(b).
[Link] - Unshoredconstruction
If the thickness of a nonprestressed precast
9.5.5 - Composite construction flexural member meets the requirements of Table
[Link] - Shored construction 9.5(a), deflection need not be computed. If the
thickness of a nonprestressed composite member
If composite flexural members are supported meets the requirements of Table 9.5(a), deflection
during construction so that, after removal of occurring after the member becomes composite
temporary supports, dead load is resisted by the need not be computed, but the long-time
full composite section, the composite member deflection of the precast member should be in-
may be considered equivalent to a monolithically vestigated for magnitude and duration of load
cast member for computation of deflection. For prior to beginning of effective composite action.
nonprestressed members, the portion of the
member in compression shall determine whet her [Link] - Deflection computed in accordance with
values in Table 9.5(a) for normal weight or light- Sections [Link] and [Link] shall not exceed limits
weight concrete shall apply. If deflection is stipulated in Table 9.5(b).

CHAPTER 10 - FLEXURE A N D AXIAL LOADS

10.0 - Notation =distance from extreme compression fiber

to centroid of tension reinforcement, in.
a =depth of equivalent rectangular stress = thickness of concrete cover measured from
block as defined in Section 10.2.7 extreme tension fiber to center of bar or
A =effective tension area of concrete wire located closest thereto, in.
surrounding the flexural tension rein-
=modulus of elasticity of concrete, psi. See
forcement and having the same centroid as Section 8.5.1
that reinforcement, divided by the number
of bars or wires, sq in. When the flexural = modulus of elasticity of reinforcement, psi.
reinforcement consists of different bar or See Section 8.5.2 or 8.5.3
wire sizes the number of bars or wires shall = flexural stiffness of compression member.
be computed as the total area of rein- See Eq. (10-9)and Eq. (10-10)
forcement divided by the area of the largest =specified compressive strength of con-
bar or wire used crete, psi
A, =area of core of spirally reinforced com- = calculated stress in reinforcement at
pression member measured to outside service loads, ksi
diameter of spiral, sq in. =specified yield strength of nonprestressed
A, =grossareaofsection,sqin. reinforcement, psi
A, =area of nonprestressed tension rein- = overall thickness of member, in.
forcement, sq in. =moment of inertia of gross concrete
A,, =total area of longitudinal reinforcement, section about centroidal axis, neglecting
(bars or steel shapes), sq in. reinforcement
A, =area of structural steel shape, pipe, or
=moment of inertia of reinforcement about
tubing in a composite section, sq in.
centroidal axis of member cross section
A, = loaded area
= moment of inertia of structural steel shape,
A, =maximum area of the portion of the sup-
porting surface that is geometrically pipe or tubing about centroidal axis of
similar to and concentric with the loaded composite member cross section
area =effective length factor for compression
b =width of compression face of member, in. members
c = distance from extreme compression fiber = unsupported length of compression
to neutral axis, in. member
C, = a factor relating actual moment diagram to =factored moment to be used for design of
an equivalent uniform moment diagram compression member

ACI STANDARD
MI =value of smaller factored end moment on 10.2.3- Maximum usable strain at extreme
compression member calculated by concrete compression fiber shall be assumed
conventional elastic frame analysis, equal to 0.003.
positive if member is bent in single cur-
10.2.4 - Stress in reinforcement below specified
vature, negative if bent in double curvature
yield strength f, for grade of reinforcement used
M, =value of larger factored end moment on
shall be taken as E, times steel strain. For strains
compression member calculated by
greater than that corresponding to f,, stress in
conventional elastic frame analysis, always
reinforcement shall be considered independent of
positive
strain and equal to f,.
P , =nominal axial load strength at balanced
strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2 10.2.5 - Tensile strength of concrete shall be
PC =[Link].(lO-7) neglected in flexural calculations of reinforced
P n =nominal axial load strength at given ec- concrete, except when meeting requirements of
centricity Section 18.4.
Po =nominal axial load strength at zero ec-
centricity 10.2.6 - Relationship between concrete com-
P , = factored axial load at given eccentricity pressive stress distribution and concrete strain
5V n
may be assumed to be rectangular, trapezoidal,
r =radius of gyration of cross section of a parabolic, or any other shape that results in
compression member prediction of strength in substantial agreement
z =quantity limiting distribution of flexural with results of comprehensive tests.
reinforcement. See Section 10.6 10.2.7 - Requirements of Section 10.2.6 may be
= factor defined in Section 10.2.7 considered satisfied by an equivalent rectangular
@,, =ratio of maximum factored dead load concrete stress distribution defined by the
moment to maximum factored total load following:
moment, always positive
6 = moment magnification factor. See Sections (a) Concrete stress of 0.85f; shall be assumed
10.11.5,10.11.6,and 10.11.7 uniformly distributed over an equivalent
p =ratio of nonprestressed tension rein- compression zone bounded by edges of the
forcement cross section and a straight line located parallel
= A,lbd to the neutral axis at a distancea=@,c from the
p, = reinforcement ratio producing balanced fiber of maximum compressive strain.
strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2
(b) Distance c from fiber of maximum strain to
p, =ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to the neutral axis shall be measured in a direction
total volume of core (out-to-out of spirals)
perpendicular to that axis.
of a spirally reinforced compression
member (c) Factor 8, shall be taken as 0.85 for concrete
= strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3 strengths f; up to and including 4000 psi. For
strengths above 4000 psi, @, shall be reduced
10.1 - Scope continuously at a rate of 0.05 for each 1000 psi
of strength in excess of 4000 psi, but 8, shall
Provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply for design of not be taken less than 0.65.
members subject to flexure or axial loads or to
combined flexure and axial loads.
10.3 - General principles and
requirements
10.2 - Design assumptions
10.3.1 - Design of cross section subject to flexure
10.2.1 -Strength design of members for flexure or axial loads or to combined flexure and axial
and axial loads shall be based on assumptions loads shall be based on stress and strain com-
given in Sections 10.2.2 through 10.2.7, and on patibility using assumptions in Section 10.2.
satisfaction of applicable conditions of
equilibrium and compatibilityof strains. 10.3.2-Balanced strain conditions exist at a
cross section when tension reinforcement
10.2.2 - Strain in reinforcement and concrete shall
reaches the strain corresponding to its specified
be assumed directly proportional to the distance
yield strength f, just as concrete in compression
from the neutral axis, except, for deep flexural
reaches its assumed ultimate strain of 0.003.
members with overall depth to clear span ratios
greater than 215 for continuous spans and 415 for 10.3.3- For flexural members, and for members
simple spans, a nonlinear distribution of strain subject to combined flexure and compressive
shall be considered. See Section 10.7. axial load when the design axial load strength #P,

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

is less than the smaller of [Link];A, or +P,, the that given by
ratio of reinforcement p provided shall not exceed
0.75 of the ratio p, that would produce balanced
strain conditions for the section under flexure
without axial load. For members with com-
pression reinforcement, the portion of p, In T-beams and joists where the web is in tension,
equalized by compression reinforcement need not the ratio p shall be computed for this purpose
be reduced by the 0.75 factor. using width of web.
10.3.4 - Compression reinforcement in con- 10.5.2 - Alternatively, area of reinforcement
junction with additional tension reinforcement provided at every section, positive or negative,
may be used to increase the strength of flexural shall be at least one-third greater than that
members. required by analysis.
10.3.5- Design axial load strength +P, of com- 10.5.3- For structural slabs of uniform thickness,
pression members shall not be taken greater than minimum area and maximum spacing of rein-
the following: forcement in the direction of the span shall be as
required for shrinkage and temperature according
[Link] - For nonprestressed members with
to Section 7.12.
spiral reinforcement conforming to Section 7.10.4
or composite members conforming to Section 10.6 - Distribution of flexural reinforce-
10.14: ment in beams and one-way slabs
10.6.1 - This section prescribes rules for
distribution of flexural reinforcement to control
[Link] - For nonprestressed members with tie flexural cracking in beams and in one-way slabs
reinforcement conforming to Section 7.10.5: (slabs reinforced to resist flexural stresses in only
one direction).
10.6.2- Distribution of flexural reinforcement in
two-way slabs shall be as required by Section
[Link]- For prestressed members, design axial 13.4.
load strength +P, shall not be taken greater than
0.85 (for members with spiral reinforcement) or 10.6.3 - Flexural tension reinforcement shall be
0.80 (for members with tie reinforcement) of the well distributed within maximum flexural tension
design axial load strength at zero eccentricity dP,. zones of a member cross section as required by
Section 10.6.4.
10.3.6 - Members subject to compressive axial
load shall be designed for the maximum moment 10.6.4 - When design yield strength f , for tension
that can accompany the axial load. The factored reinforcement exceeds 40,000 psi, cross sections
axial load P, at given eccentricity shall not exceed of maximum positive and negative moment shall
that given in Section 10.3.5. The maximum fac- be so proportioned that the quantity z given by
tored moment Mu shall be magnified for slen-
derness effects in accordance with Section 10.10.

does not exceed 175 kips per in. for interior ex-
10.4 - Distance between lateral supports posure and 145 kips per in. for exterior exposure.
of flexural members Calculated stress in reinforcement at service load
10.4.1 -Spacing of lateral supports for a beam f, (kips per sq in.) shall be computed as the
shall not exceed 50 times the least width b of moment divided by the product of steel area and
compression flange or face. internal moment arm. In lieu of such com-
putations, f, may be taken as 60 percent of
10.4.2- Effects of lateral eccentricity of load shall specified yield strength f,.
be taken into account in determining spacing of
lateral supports. 10.6.5- Provisions of Section 10.6.4 may not be
sufficient for structures subject to very
aggressive exposure or designed to be watertight.
10.5 - Minimum reinforcement of flexural For such structures, special investigations and
members precautions are required.
10.5.1 - At any section of a flexural member, 10.6.6- Where flanges of T-beam construction are
except as provided in Sections 10.5.2 and 10.5.3, in tension, part of the flexural tension rein-
where positive reinforcement is required by forcement shall be distributed over an effective
analysis, the ratiop provided shall not be less than flange width as defined in Section 8.10, or a width

ACI STANDARD
equal to 1110 the span, whichever is smaller. If the other shaped cross section may be considered as
effective flange width exceeds 1110 the span, a circular section with a diameter equal to the
some longitudinal reinforcement shall be least lateral dimension of the actual shape. Gross
provided in the outer portions of the flange. area considered, required percentage of rein-
forcement, and design strength shall be based on
10.6.7-If the depth of a web exceeds 3 ft, that circular section.
longitudinal reinforcement having a total area
equal to at least 10 percent of the area of the 10.8.4 - Limits of section
flexural tension reinforcement shall be placed
near the side faces of the web and distributed in For a compression member with a larger cross
the zone of flexural tension with a spacing not section than required by considerations of
more than the web width, nor 12 in. Such rein- loading, a reduced effective area A, not less than
forcement may be included in strength com- one-half the total area may be used to determine
putations only if a strain compatibility analysis is minimum reinforcement and design strength.
made to determine stresses in the individual bars
or wires.
10.9 - Limits for reinforcement of com-
10.7 - Deep flexural members pression members
-
10.7.1 Flexural members with overall depth to
10.9.1 -Area of longitudinal reinforcement for
clear span ratios greater than 215 for continuous
spans, or 415 for simple spans, shall be designed noncomposite compression members shall not be
as deep flexural members taking into account less than 0.01 nor more than 0.08 times gross area
nonlinear distribution of strain and lateral A, of section.
buckling. 10.9.2- Minimum number of longitudinal rein-
10.7.2- Design of deep flexural members for forcing bars in compression members shall be 6
shear effects shall be in accordance with Section for bars in a circular arrangement and 4 for bars in
11.8. a rectangular arrangement.
10.7.3- Minimum flexural tension reinforcement 10.9.3 - Ratio of spiral reinforcement p, shall not
shall conform to Section 10.5. be less than the value given by
10.7.4 - Minimum horizontal and vertical rein-
forcement in the side faces of deep flexural
members shall be the greater of the requirements
of Sections 11.8.8 and 11.8.9 or Sections 14.2.10
and 14.2.11. where f , is the specified yield strength of spiral
reinforcement but not more than 60,000 psi.
10.8 - Design dimensions for com-
pression members
10.8.1 - Isolated compression member with 10.10 - Slenderness effects in compres.
multiple spirals sion members
Outer limits of the effective cross section of a
10.10.1 - Design of compression members shall
compression member with two or more in-
be based on forces and moments determined
terlocking spirals shall be taken at a distance from analysis of the structure. Such analysis shall
outside the extreme limits of the spirals equal to take into account influence of axial loads and
the minimum concrete cover required by Section variable moment of inertia on member stiffness
7.7. and fixed-end moments, effect of deflections on
10.8.2 - Compression member built moments and forces, and the effects of duration
monolithically with wall of loads.
Outer limits of the effective cross section of a 10.10.2- In lieu of the procedure prescribed in
spirally reinforced compression member built Section 10.10.1, slenderness effects in com-
monolithically with a concrete wall or pier shall be pression members may be evaluated in ac-
taken either as a circle at least 1% in. outside the cordance with the approximate procedure
spiral, or as a square or rectangle, with sides at presented in Section 10.11.
least 11/2 in. outside the spiral.
10.10.3 - The detailed requirements of Section
10.8.3 - Equivalent circular compression member 10.11 need not be applied if slenderness effects in
In lieu of using full gross area for design, a compression members are evaluated in ac-
compression member with a square, octagonal, or cordance with Section 10.10.1.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

10.11 - Approximate evaluation of where
slenderness effects
10.11.1 - Unsupported length of compression
members
and
[Link] -Unsupported length k', of a com-
pression member shall be taken as the clear
distance between floor slabs, beams, or other
members capable of providing lateral support for
that compression member. [Link]- In lieu of a more accurate calculation,
El in Eq. (10-8)may be taken either as
[Link] - Where column capitals or haunches
are present, unsupported length shall be
measured to the lower extremity of capital or
haunch in the plane considered.

10.11.2 - Effective length of compression or conservatively

members
[Link] - For compression members braced
against sidesway, effective length factor k shall
be taken as 1.0, unless analysis shows that a [Link]- In Eq. (10-7), for members braced
lower value may be used. against sidesway and without transverse loads
between supports C, may be taken as
[Link] - For compression members not braced
against sidesway, effective length factor k shall
be determined with due consideration of cracking
and reinforcement on relative stiffness, and shall
be greater than 1.O. but not less than 0.4.
10.11.3 - Radius of gyration For all other cases, C, shall be taken as 1.0.
Radius of gyration r may be taken equal to 0.30 [Link]- If computations show that there is no
times the overall dimension in the direction moment at both ends of a compression member or
stability is being considered for rectangular that computed end eccentricities are less than
compression members, and 0.25 times the (0.6 + 0.03h) in., M, in Eq. (10-6) shall be based on a
diameter for circular compression members. For +
minimum eccentricity of (0.6 O.03h) in. about
other shapes, r may be computed for the gross each principal axis separately. Ratio MlIM2 in Eq.
concrete section. (10-11) shall be determined by either of the
following:
10.11.4 - Consideration of slenderness effects
(a) When computed end eccentricities are less
[Link] - For compression members braced +
than (0.6 O.03h) in., computed end moments
against sidesway, effects of slenderness may be may be used to evaluate MlIM2 in Eq. (10-11).
-
neglected when kP,lr is less than 34 12M,lM,.
(b) If computations show that there is
[Link] - For compression members not braced essentially no moment at both ends of a
against sidesway, effects of slenderness may be compression member, the ratio M I I M , shall be
neglected when kP,lr is less than 22. taken equal to one.
[Link] - For all compression members with -
10.11.6 Moment magnifier 6 for unbraced frames
k&lr greater than 100, an analysis as defined in [Link] - In frames not braced against sidesway,
Section 10.10.1 shall be made. the value of 6 shall be computed for an entire story
assuming all columns to be loaded.
10.11.5 - Moment magnification
[Link]-In Eq. (10-7), P, and PC shall be
10.1 1.5.1 - Compression members shall be replaced by the summations CP, and CP, for all
designed using the factored axial load P, from a columns in a story.
conventional frame analysis and a magnified
factored moment M, defined by [Link]- For design of each column within a
story, 6 shall be taken as the larger of the values
M, =6M2 (10-6) computed for the entire story according to Sec-
ACI STANDARD
tion [Link] or as computed for the individual 10.14.3-Any axial load strength assigned to
column assuming column ends to be braced concrete of a composite member shall be trans-
against sidesway. ferred to the concrete by members or brackets in
direct bearing on the composite member con-
10.1 1.6.4 - In frames not braced against sidesway, crete.
flexural members shall be designed for the total
magnified end moments of the compression
10.14.4- All axial load strength not assigned to
members at the joint.
concrete of a composite member shall be
10.11.7 - Moment magnifier 6 for biaxial bending developed by direct connection to the structural
steel shape, pipe, or tube.
For compression members subject to bending
about both principal axes, moment about each 10.14.5 - For evaluation of slenderness effects,
axis shall be magnified by 6, computed from radius of gyration of a composite section shall not
corresponding conditions of restraint about that be greater than the value given by
axis.
10.12 - Axially loaded members support-
ing slab system
Axially loaded members supporting a slab system
For computing PC in Eq. (10-8),El of the composite
included within the scope of Section 13.1 shall be
section shall not be greater than
designed as provided in Chapter 10 and in ac-
cordance with the additional requirements of
Chapter 13.
10.13 - Transmission of column loads
through floor system 10.14.6 - Structural steel encased concrete core
When the specified compressive strength of
concrete in a column is greater than 1.4 times that [Link] - For a composite member with con-
specified for a floor system, transmission of load crete core encased by structural steel, thickness
through the floor system shall be provided by one of the steel encasement shall not be less than
of the following.
f
10.13.1 - Concrete of strength specified for the ibd J - , for each face of width b
column shall be placed in the floor about the 3Es
column for an area 4 times the column area.
nor
Column concrete shall be well integrated into
floor concrete, and shall be placed in accordance f
with Sections 6.4.5 and 6.4.6. h/ 2 , for circular sections of diameter h
8Es
10.13.2-Strength of a column through a floor
system shall be based on the lower value of [Link] - Longitudinal bars located within the
concrete strength with vertical dowels and spirals encased concrete core may be considered in
as required. computing A , and I , .
10.13.3- For columns laterally supported on four
sides by beams of approximately equal depth or 10.14.7 - Spiral reinforcement around structural
by slabs, strength of the column may be based on steel core
an assumed concrete strength in the column joint A composite member with spirally reinforced
equal to 75 percent of column concrete strength concrete around a structural steel core shall
plus 35 percent of floor concrete strength. conform to the following.
10.14 - Composite compression
members [Link] -Specified compressive strength of
concrete f ; shall not be less than 2500 psi.
10.14.1 -Composite compression members shall
include all such members reinforced
[Link]-Design yield strength of structural
longitudinally with structural steel shapes, pipe,
steel core shall be the specified minimum yield
or tubing with or without longitudinal bars.
strength for grade of structural steel used but not
10.14.2 - Strength of a composite member shall to exceed 50,000 psi.
be computed for the same limiting conditions
applicable to ordinary reinforced concrete [Link] - Spiral reinforcement shall conform to
members. Section 10.9.3.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link]-Longitudinal bars located within the 10.15.2- Minimum ratio of vertical reinforcement
spiral shall not be less than 0.01 nor more than area to gross concrete area shall be:
0.08 times net area of concrete section.
(a) 0.0012 for deformed bars not larger than #5
[Link] -
Longitudinal bars located within the with a specified yield strength not less than
spiral may be considered in computing A, and I , . 60,000 psi, or
10.14.8 - Tie reinforcement around structural (b) 0.0015 for other deformed bars, or
steel core
(c) 0.0012 for welded wire fabric (smooth or
A composite member with laterally tied concrete deformed) not larger than W31 or D3l.
around a structural steel core shall conform to the
10.15.3-Vertical reinforcement shall not be
following.
spaced farther apart than 3 times the wall
[Link] - Specified compressive strength of thickness, nor 18 in.
concrete f; shall not be less than 2500 psi.
10.15.4-Vertical reinforcement need not be
[Link] - Design yield strength of structural enclosed by lateral ties if vertical reinforcement
steel core shall be the specified minimum yield area is not greater than 0.01 times gross concrete
strength for grade of structural steel used but not area, or where vertical reinforcement is not
to exceed 50,000 psi. required as compression reinforcement.
[Link]- Lateral ties shall extend completely 10.15.5-Minimum ratio of horizontal rein-
around the structural steel core. forcement area to gross concrete area shall be:
[Link] - Lateral ties shall be at least #5 bars, or (a) 0.0020 for deformed bars not larger than #5
smaller bars with a diameter not less than 1150 with a specified yield strength not less than
times the greatest side dimension of the com- 60,000 psi, or
posite member, but not smaller than #3. Welded
(b) 0.0025 for other deformed bars, or
wire fabric of equivalent area may be used.
(c) 0.0020 for welded wire fabric (smooth or
[Link]- Vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not
deformed) not larger t han W31 or D3l.
exceed 16 longitudinal bar diameters, 48 tie bar
diameters, or 112 times the least side dimension of 10.15.6- Horizontal reinforcement shall not be
the composite member. spaced farther apart than 3 times the wall
thickness, nor 18 in.
[Link]- Longitudinal bars located within the
ties shall not be less than 0.01 nor more than 0.08
times net area of concrete section.
10.16 - Bearing strength
10.16.1 - Design bearing strength on concrete
[Link] - A longitudinal bar shall be located at shall not exceed #(0.85 f;A,), except as follows.
every corner of a rectangular cross section, with
other longitudinal bars spaced not farther apart [Link] -When the supporting surface is wider
than 112 the least side dimension of the com- on all sides than the loaded area, design bearing
posite member. strength on the loaded area may be multiplied by

[Link]- Longitudinal bars located within the

m, but not more than 2.

ties may be considered in computing A, for [Link]- When the supporting surface is sloped
strength but not in computing I, for evaluation of or stepped, A, may be taken as the area of the
slenderness effects. lower base of the largest frustum of a right
pyramid or cone contained wholly within the
support and having for its upper base the loaded
10.15 - Special provisions for walls area, and having side slopes of 1 vertical to 2
horizontal.
10.15.1 -Walls may be designed by provisions of
Chapter 10 with limitations and exceptions of 10.16.2- Section 10.16 does not apply to post-
Section 10.15, or by provisions of Chapter 14. tensioning anchorages.

ACI STANDARD
CHAPTER 11 - SHEAR AND TORSION
circular sections, d need not be less than
11.0 - Notation t h e distance from extreme compression
= shear span, distance between con- fiber to centroid of tension reinforcement
centrated load and face o f support in opposite half of member.)
=area of concrete section resisting shear =specified compressive strength of
transfer, sq in. concrete, psi
= gross area of section , sq in. =square root of specified compressive
=area of shear reinforcement parallel to strength af concrete, psi
flexural tension reinforcement, sq In. = average splitting tensile strength of
=total area of longitudinal reinforcement to lightweight aggregate concrete, psi
resist torsion, sq in. =stress due to unfactored dead load, at
=area of prestressed reinforcement in extreme fiber of section where tensile
tension zone, sq in. stress is caused by externally applied
= area of nonprestressed tension rein- loads, psi
forcement, sq in. =compressive stress in concrete (after
=area of one leg of a closed stirrup allowance for all prestress losses) at
resisting torsion within a distances, sq in. centroid of cross section resisting ex-
= area of shear reinforcement within a ternally applied loads or at junction of
distance s, or area of shear reinforcement web and flange when the centroid lies
perpendicular to flexural tension rein- within the flange, psi. (In a composite
forcement within a distance s for deep member, fpc is resultant compressive
flexural members, sq in. stress at centroid of composite section,
=area of shear-friction reinforcement, sq in. or at junction of web and flange when the
=area of shear reinforcement parallel to centroid lies within the flange, due to
flexural tension reinforcement within a both prestress and moments resisted by
distances,, sq in. precast member acting alone)
=width of compression face of member, in. =compressive stress in concrete due to
= perimeter of critical section for slabs and effective prestress forces only (after
footings, in. allowance for all prestress losses) at
= width of that part of cross section containing extreme fiber of section where tensile
the closed stirrups resisting torsion stress is caused by externally applied
=web width, or diameter of circular section, loads, psi
in. = specified tensile strength of prestressing
= size of rectangular or equivalent rec- tendons, psi
tangular column, capital, or bracket =specified yield strength of non-
measured in the direction of the span for prestressed reinforcement, psi
which moments are being determined, in. = overall thickness of member, in.
=size of rectangular or equivalent rec- = total depth of shearhead cross section, in.
tangular column, capital, or bracket =total height of wall from base to top, in.
measured transverse to the direction of =moment of inertia of section resisting
the span for which moments are being externally applied factored loads
determined, in. = clear span measured face-to-face of
= factor relating shear and torsional stress supports
properties = length of shearhead arm from centroid of
- -bwd concentrated load or reaction, in.
- cxZy = horizontal length of wall, in.
= distance from extreme compression fiber =moment causing flexural cracking at
to centroid of longitudinal tension sect~ondue to externally applied loads.
reinforcement, but need not be less than See Section 11A 2 . l
0.80h for prestressed members, in. (For = modified moment
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
M,, =maximum factored moment at section V, = factored shear force at section
due to externally applied loads x = shorter overall dimension of rectangular
= required plastic moment strength of part of cross section
shearhead cross section y = longer overall dimension of rectangular
= factored moment at section part of cross section
= moment resistance contributed by Z'x2y = torsional section properties. See Sections
shearhead reinforcement [Link] and [Link]
=factored axial load normal to cross = shorter center-to-center dimension of
section occurring simultaneously with V,; closed rectangular stirrup
to be taken as positive for compression, = longer center-to-center dimension of
negative for tension, and to include ef- closed rectangular stirrup
fects of tension due to creep and =distance from centroidal axis of gross
shrinkage section, neglecting reinforcement, to
= factored tensile force on bracket or corbel extreme fiber in tension
acting simultaneously with V,, to be =angle between inclined stirrups and
taken as positive for tension longitudinal axis of member
= spacing of shear or torsion reinforcement =coefficient as a function of y,lxl. See
i n direction parallel to longitudinal Section [Link]
reinforcement, in. =ratio of stiffness of shearhead arm to
=spacing of vertical reinforcement in wall, surrounding composite slab section. See
in. Section [Link]
= spacing of shear or torsion reinforcement = ratio of long side to short side of con-
in direction perpendicular to longitudinal centrated load or reaction area
reinforcement-or. spacing of horizontal =coefficient of friction. See Section 11.7.5
reinforcement in wall, in. =fraction of unbalanced moment trans-
= nominal torsional moment strength ferred by flexure at slab-column con-
provided by concrete nections. See Section [Link].
= nominal torsional moment strength = fraction of unbalanced moment trans-
= nominal torsional moment strength ferred by eccentricity of shear at slab-
provided by torsion reinforcement. See column connections. See Section
Section [Link] [Link]
= factored torsional moment at section =1-y,
= nominal shear strength provided by = ratio of nonprestressed tension rein-
concrete forcement
= nominal shear strength provided by =A,/bd
concrete when diagonal cracking results = ratio of horizontal shear reinforcement
from combined shear and moment area to gross concrete area of vertical
= nominal shear strength provided by section
concrete when diagonal cracking results = ratio of vertical shear reinforcement area
from excessive principal tensile stress in to gross concrete area of horizontal
web section
=shear force at section due to unfactored +
= ( A , A,)lbd
dead load = A,lbwd
=factored shear force at section due to = strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3
externally applied loads occurring
simultaneously with M,,,
11.1 - Shear strength
= nominal shear strength 11.1.1 - Design of cross sections subject to shear
shall be based on
=vertical component of effective prestress
force at section
= nominal shear strength provided by shear
reinforcement where V, is factored shear force at section

ACI STANDARD
considered and V, is nominal shear strength unless a more detailed calculation is made in
computed by accordance with Section 11.3.2.
[Link] - For members subject to shear and
flexure only,
where V, is nominal shear strength provided by
concrete in accordance with Section 11.3 or 11.4, V, = 2\lf;bwd (11-3)
and V, is nominal shear strength provided by
shear reinforcement in accordance with Section [Link] - For members subject to axial com-
11.5.6. pression,

11.1.2 - In determining shear strength V,,

whenever applicable, effects of axial tension due
to creep and shrinkage in restrained members
shall be considered and effects of inclined
flexural compression in variable-depth members Quantity Nu/A, shall be expressed in psi.
may be included.
[Link] - For members subject to significant axial
11.1.3 - When the reaction, in direction of applied tension, shear reinforcement shall be designed to
shear, introduces compression into the end carry total shear.
regions of a member, calculation of maximum
factored shear force V, shall be as follows. [Link] - At sections where factored torsional
[Link] - For nonprestressed members, sections moment T, exceeds 4 ([Link];~x 'y),
located less than a distance d from face of sup-
port may be designed for the same shear V, as
that computed at a distanced.
[Link] - For prestressed members, sections
located less than a distance h12 from face of
support may be designed for the same shear V, as 11.3.2-Shear strength V, may be computed by
that computed at a distance h12. the more detailed calculation of Section [Link]
through [Link].
11.1.4 - For deep flexural members, brackets and
corbels, walls, and slabs and footings, the special [Link] - For members subject to shear and
provisions of Section 11.8 lhrough 11.11 shall flexure only,
apply.

11.2 - Lightweight concrete

11.2.1 - Provisions for shear strength V, and
but not greater than 3.5fi;bWd. Quantity VudIMu
torsional moment strength T, apply to normal
shall not be taken greater than 1.0 in computing
weight concrete. When lightweight aggregate
V, by Eq. (11-6), where Mu is factored moment
concrete is used, one of the following
occurring simultaneously with V, at section
modifications shall apply:
considered.
[Link] -When f, is specified and concrete is
proportioned in accordance with Section 4.2, [Link] - For members subject to axial com-
provisions for V, and T , shall be modified by pression, Eq. (11-6) may be used to compute V,
substituting fJ6.7 for fi;,but the value of fJ6.7 with M, substituted for Mu and VudlM, not then
shall not exceeda. limited to 1.0, where

[Link]- When f, is not specified, all values of

fi; affecting V, T, and M, shall be multiplied by
0.75 for "all-lightweight" concrete, and 0.85 for
"sand-lightweight" concrete. Linear interpolation However, V, shall not be taken greater than
may be used when partial sand replacement is
used.
11.3 - Shear strength provided by con-
crete for nonprestressed members
Quantity NJA, shall be expressed in psi. When
11.3.1 - Shear strength V, shall be computed by M, as computed by Eq. (11-7) is negative, V , shall
provisions of Section [Link] through [Link], be computed by Eq. (11-8).

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link] - For members subject to significant axial [Link] - In Eq. (11-11) and (11-13), d shall be the
tension, distance from extreme compression fiber to
centroid of prestressed reinforcement or 0.8h,
whichever is greater.
11.4.3 - In a pretensioned member in which the
section at a distance h12 from face of support is
where N u is negative for tension. Quantity N,/A,
closer to end of member than the transfer length
shall be expressed in psi.
of the prestressing tendons, the reduced
11.4 - Shear strength provided by con- prestress shall be considered when computing
crete for prestressed members V,,. This value of Vcwshall also be taken as the
maximum limit for Eq. (11-10).Prestress force may
11.4.1 - For members with effective prestress be assumed to vary linearly from zero at end of
force not less than 40 percent of the tensile tendon to a maximum at a distance from end of
strength of flexural reinforcement, unless a more tendon equal to the transfer length, assumed to
detailed calculation is made in accordance with be 50 diameters for strand and 100 diameters for
Sect ion 11.4.2, single wire.

11.5 - Shear strength provided by

shear reinforcement
but V, need not be taken less than 2 e b W dnor 11.5.1 - Types of shear reinforcement
shall V, be taken greater than 5\it;bwd nor the
value given in Section 11.4.3. The quantity V,dlM, 11S.l.1 - Shear reinforcement may consist of:
shall not be taken greater than 1.O, where M u is (a) Stirrups perpendicular to axis of member
factored moment occurring simultaneously with
V, at section considered. When applying Eq. (11- (b) Welded wire fabric with wires located
lo), d in the term V,dIM, shall be the distance perpendicular to axis of member.
from extreme compression fiber to centroid of
prestressed reinforcement. 11S.l.2 - For nonprestressed members, shear
reinforcement may also consist of:
11.4.2 - Shear strength V, may be computed in
(a) Stirrups making an angle of 45 deg or more
accordance with Sections [Link] and [Link],
with longitudinal tension reinforcement.
where V, shall be the lesser of Vci or Vcw.
[Link] - Shear strength Vci shall be computed by (b) Longitudinal reinforcement with bent
portion making an angle of 30 deg or more with
the longitudinal tension reinforcement
(c) Combinations of stirrups and bent
longitudinal reinforcement.
but Vci need not be taken less than 1.7\it;bwd,
where (d) Spirals.
11.5.2 - Design yield strength of shear rein-
forcement shall not exceed 60,000 psi.

and values of M,, and Vi shall be computed from 11.5.3 -Stirrups and other bars or wires used as
the load combinat ion causing maximum moment shear reinforcement shall extend to a distance d
to occur at the section. from extreme compression fiber and shall be
anchored at both ends according to Section 12.14
[Link] - Shear strength Vcw shall be computed to develop the design yield strength of rein-
by forcement.
11.5.4 - Spacing limits for shear reinforcement
[Link] -Spacing of shear reinforcement placed
Alternatively, Vcwmay be computed as the shear perpendicular to axis of member shall not exceed
force corresponding to dead load plus live load dl2 in nonprestressed members and (314)h in
that results in a principal tensile stress of 4\/t; at prestressed members, nor 24 in.
centroidal axis of member, or at intersection of
flange and web when centroidal axis is in the [Link] - Inclined stirrups and bent longitudinal
flange. In composite members, principal tensile reinforcement shall be so spaced that every 45
stress shall be computed using the cross section deg line, extending toward the reaction from
that resists live load. middepth of member dl2 to longitudinal tension

ACI STANDARD
reinforcement, shall be crossed by at least one shear strength V, shall be computed in ac-
line of shear reinforcement. cordance with Sect ions [Link] through [Link].
[Link]- When V, exceeds 4\lfcbwd, maximum [Link] - When shear reinforcement per-
spacings given in Sections [Link] and [Link] pendicular to axis of member is used,
shall be reduced by one-half.
11.5.5 - Minimum shear reinforcement
[Link] - A minimum area of shear reinforcement
shall be provided in all reinforced concrete where A, is the area of shear reinforcement within
flexural members (prestressed and non- a distances.
prestressed) where factored shear force V, ex-
ceeds 112 the shear strength provided by concrete
-
11S.6.3 When inclined stirrups are used as
shear reinforcement,
+V,, except:
(a) Slabs and footings
(b) Concrete joist
Section 8.1 1
construction defined by -
[Link] When shear reinforcement consists of a
single bar or a single group of parallel bars, all
(c) Beams with total depth not greater than 10 bent up at the same distance from the support,
in., 21/2 times thickness of flange, or one-half
the width of web, whichever is greater.
[Link] - Minimum shear reinforcement but not greater than 3fi;bwd.
requirements of Section [Link] may be waived if
shown by test that required ultimate flexural and -
[Link] When shear reinforcement consists of a
shear strength can be developed when shear series of parallel bent-up bars or groups of parallel
reinforcement is omitted. bent-up bars at different distances from the
support, shear strength V, shall be computed by
[Link] - Where shear reinforcement is required Eq. (11-18).
by Section [Link] or by analysis, and where
factored torsional moment Tu does not exceed -
[Link] Only the center three-fourths of the
@(0.5\il:Ex2y), minimum area of shear rein- inclined portion of any longitudinal bent bar shall
forcement for prestressed (except as provided in be considered effective for shear reinforcement.
Section [Link]) and nonprestressed members
[Link] - Where more than one type of shear
shall be computed by
reinforcement is used to reinforce the same
portion of a member, shear strength V, shall be
computed as the sum of the V, values computed
for the various types.
where b wand s are in inches.
[Link] -Shear strength V, shall not be taken
[Link] -
For prestressed members with effective greater than 8\lf:bwd.
prestress force not less than 40 percent of the
tensile strength of flexural reinforcement, 11.6 - Combined shear and torsion
minimum area of shear reinforcement may be strength for nonprestressed
computed by Eq. (11-14)or (11-15). members with rectangular or
flanged sections
11.6.1 -Torsion effects shall be included with
shear and flexure where factored torsional
[Link] - Where factored torsional moment T , moment Tu exceeds +(O.S\if:Ex *y). Otherwise,
exceeds +(0.5fi;Cx2y), and where web rein- torsion effects may be neglected.
forcement is required by Section [Link] or by
analysis, minimum area of closed stirrups shall be [Link] - For members with rectangular or
computed by flanged sections, the sum Cx2y shall be taken for
the component rectangles of the section, but the
overhanging flange width used in design shall not
exceed 3 times the flange thickness.
11.5.6 - Design of shear reinforcement -
[Link] A rectangular box section may be taken
[Link] -Where factored shear force V, exceeds as a solid section provided wall thickness h is at
shear strength +V,, shear reinforcement shall be least x14. A box section with wall thickness less
provided to satisfy Eq. (11-1) and (11-2), where than x14, but greater than xl10, may also be taken

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

as a solid section except that \'x2y shall be by Eq. (11-22) and V, given by Eq. (11-5) shall be
multiplied by 4hlx. When h is less than x110, +
multiplied by (1 NU1500A,), where Nu is negative
stiffness of wall shall be considered. Fillets shall for tension.
be provided at interior corners of all box sections.
11.6.7 - Torsion reinforcement requirements
11.6.2 - If the factored torsional moment T , in a
member is required to maintain equilibrium, the [Link] -Torsion reinforcement, where required,
member shall be designed to carry that torsional shall be provided in addition to reinforcement
moment in accordance with Sections 11.6.4 required to resist shear, flexure, and axial forces.
through 11.6.9. [Link] - Reinforcement required for torsion may
11.6.3 - In a statically indeterminate structure be combined with that required for other forces,
where reduction of torsional moment in a member provided the area furnished is the sum of in-
can occur due to redistribution of internal forces, dividually required areas and the most restrictive
maximum factored torsional moment T , may be requirements for spacing and placement are met.
reduced to 4(4\ f;Lx 2y13). [Link] -Torsion reinforcement shall consist of
[Link] - In such a case the correspondingly closed stirrups, closed ties, or spirals, combined
adjusted moments and shears in adjoining with longitudinal bars.
members shall be used in design. [Link]- Design yield strength of torsion rein-
[Link] - In lieu of more exact analysis, torsional forcement shall not exceed 60,000 psi.
loading from a slab shall be taken as uniformly [Link] - Stirrups and other bars and wires used
distributed along the member. as torsion reinforcement shall extend to a
11.6.4 -Sections located less than a distance d distance d from extreme compression fiber and
from face of support may be designed for the shall be anchored according to Section 12.14 to
same torsional moment T , as that computed at a develop the design yield strength of rein-
distanced. forcement.
[Link] -Torsion reinforcernent shall be provided
11.6.5 - Torsional moment strength
at least a distance (6, + d) beyond the point
Design of cross sections subject to torsion shall theoretically required.
be based on
11.6.8 - Spacing limits for torsion reinforcement
[Link] -Spacing of closed stirrups shall not
+
exceed the smaller of (x, yl)14, or 12 in.
where T , is factored torsional moment at section
considered and T , is nominal torsional moment [Link] - Spacing of longitudinal bars, not less
strength computed by than #3, distributed around the perimeter of the
closed stirrups, shall not exceed 12 in. At least
one longitudinal bar shall be placed in each corner
of the closed stirrups.
where T , is nominal torsional moment strength
11.6.9 - Design of torsion reinforcement
provided by concrete in accordance with Section
11.6.6, and T , is nominal torsional moment [Link] - Where factored torsional moment T ,
strength provided by torsion reinforcement in exceeds torsional moment strength d l , , torsion
accordance with Section 11.6.9. reinforcement shall be provided to satisfy Eq. (11-
20) and (11-21), where torsional moment strength
11.6.6 - Torsional moment strength provided by
T , shall be computed by
concrete
[Link] -Torsional moment strength T , shall be
computed by

where A, is the area of one leg of a closed stirrup

resisting torsion within a distance s, and
(Y, =[0.66+0.33 (y,lx,)] but not more than 1.50.
Longitudinal bars distributed around the
perimeter of the closed stirrups A, shall be
[Link] - For members subject to significant axial
provided in accordance with Section [Link].
tension, torsion reinforcement shall be designed
to carry the total torsional moment, unless a more [Link] - A minimum area of closed stirrups shall
detailed calculation is made i n which T, given be provided i n accordance with Section [Link].
ACI STANDARD
[Link] - Required area of longitudinal bars A , Concrete placed against as-
distributed around the perimeter of the closed rolled structural steel (See
stirrups A , shall be computed by Section 11.7.10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.7
11.7.6 - Design yield strength of shear-friction
reinforcement shall not exceed 60,000 psi.
11.7.7 - Direct tension across the assumed crack
shall be provided for by additional reinforcement.
11.7.8 - Shear-friction reinforcement shall be well
distributed across the assumed crack and shall be
adequately anchored on both sides by em-
bedment, hooks, or welding to special devices.
whichever is greater. Value of A, computed by Eq. 11.7.9 - For the purpose of Section 11.7, when
(11-25) need not exceed that obtained by sub- concrete is placed against previously hardened
stituting concrete, the interface for shear transfer shall be
clean, free of laitance, and intentionally
50b,s roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 114
for 2A,
f" in.
11.7.10 -When shear is transferred between as-
[Link] -Torsional moment strength T , shall not
rolled steel and concrete, steel shall be clean and
exceed 4 T,.
free of paint.
11.7 - Shear friction
11.7.1 - Provisions of Section 11.7 may be applied 11-8 - Special provisions for deep flexural
where it is appropriate to consider shear transfer members
across a given plane such as an existing or
potential crack, an interface between dissimilar 11.8.1 - Provisions of Section 11.8 shall apply for
materials, or an interface between two concretes members with Pn/dless than 5 and loaded at top or
cast at different times. compression face.
11.7.2 - A crack shall be assumed to occur along 11.8.2 - Design of deep flexural members for
the shear plane, with relative displacement along shear shall be based on Eq. (1 1-1)and (1 1-2),where
the assumed crack resisted by friction maintained shear strength V, shall be in accordance with
by shear-friction reinforcement across the Section 11.8.5 or 11.8.6, and shear strength V,
assumed crack. Shear-friction reinforcement shall shall be in accordance with Section 11.8.7.
be placed approximately perpendicular to the
assumed crack. 11.8.3 - Shear strength V, for deep flexural
members shall not be taken greater than 8 $f;b,d
11.7.3 - Design of cross sections subject to shear when P,/d is less than 2. When P,/d is between 2
transfer shall be based on Eq. ( 1 1 - I ) ,where shear and 5 ,
strength V, shall be computed by

where A,, is area of shear-friction reinforcement, 11.8.4 - Critical section for shear measured from
and p is coefficient of friction in accordance with face of support shall be taken at a distance 0.154,
Section 11.7.5. for uniformly loaded beams and 0.50a for beams
with concentrated loads, but not greater than d .
11.7.4-Shear strength V, shall not be taken
greater than 0.2 f;A, nor 800 A,, where A, is area 11.8.5 - Unless a more detailed calculation is
of concrete section resisting shear transfer. made in accordance with Section 11.8.6,
Quantity 800 A, is in pounds.
11.7.5 -Coefficient of friction p in Eq. (11-26)shall
be
11.8.6 - Shear strength V, may be computed by
Concrete placed monolithically. . . . . . . . . . . 1.4
Concrete placed against har-
dened concrete (See Section
1 1 . 7 . 9 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0
.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
except that the term

shall not exceed 2.5, and V, shall not be taken

greater than 6v1f;b,d. M u is factored moment where p shall not exceed 0.13 f i l f , and N,,/V,
occurring simultaneously with V, at the critical shall not be taken less than 0.20. Tensile force Nu,
section defined in Section Il.8A. shall be regarded as a live load even when tension
11.8.7 - Where factored shear force V, exceeds results from creep, shrinkage, or temperature
shear strength d V,, shear reinforcement shall be change.
provided to satisfy Eq. (11-1) and (11-2), where 11.9.5 -When provisions are made to avoid
shear strength V, shall be computed by tension due to restrained creep and shrinkage, so
that bracket or corbel is subject to shear and
moment only,

a
V, =6.5(1 -0.5-) (1 + 6 4 p , ) c b w d (1 1-32)
d

where
where A , is area of shear reinforcement per-
pendicular to flexural tension reinforcement
within a distance s, and A,, is area of shear
reinforcement parallel to flexural reinforcement
within a distances,.
but not greater than
11.8.8 - Area of shear reinforcement A , shall not
be less than 0.0015 bfi, and s shall not exceed dI5,
nor 18 in.
11.8.9 -Area of shear reinforcement A,, shall not
and A, shall not exceed A,.
be less than 0.0025 bfi2, and s, shall not exceed
d / 3 , nor 18 in. 11.9.6 - Closed stirrups or ties parallel to flexural
tension reinforcement with a total area A, not less
11.8.10 - Shear reinforcement required at the
than 0.50 A, shall be uniformly distributed within
critical section defined in Section 11.8.4 shall be
two-thirds of the effective depth adjacent to
used throughout the span.
flexural tension reinforcement.
11.9 - Special provisions for brackets and 11.9.7 - Ratio p = A , l b d shall not be less than 0.04
corbels
(fJf").
11.9.1 - Provisions of Section 11.9 shall apply to
brackets and corbels with a shear-span-to-depth
11.10 - Special provisions for walls
ratio a/d of unity or less. Distance d shall be
measured at a section adjacent to face of support, 11.10.1 - Design for shear forces perpendicular to
but shall not be taken greater than twice the depth face of wall shall be in accordance with provisions
of bracket or corbel at outside edge of bearing for slabs in Section 11.11. Design for horizontal
area. shear forces in plane of wall shall be in ac-
cordance with Sections 11.10.2through [Link].8.
11.9.2 - Brackets and corbels with a shear-span-
to-depth ratio a i d of one-half or less, may be 11.10.2 - Design of horizontal section for shear in
designed in accordance with provisions of Sec- plane of wall shall be based on Eq. (11-1) and (11-
tion 11.7, except that all limitations on quantity 2), where shear strength V, shall be in accordance
and spacing of reinforcement in Section 11.9 shall with Section [Link].5 or [Link].6 and shear strength
apply. V, shall be in accordance with Section 11.10.9.
11.9.3- Design of brackets and corbels shall be 11 .lO.3 - Shear strength V, at any horizontal
based on Eq. (11-I),where shear strength V, shall section for shear in plane of wall shall not be
be computed in accordance with Section 11.9.4 or taken greater than 10 dfihd.
11.9.5.
11.10.4- For design for horizontal shear forces in
11.9.4- For brackets and corbels subject to plane of wall, d shall be taken equal to 0.8 .,P A
tension due to restrained creep and shrinkage, larger value of d , equal to the distance from ex-

46 ACI STANDARD
treme compression fiber to center of force of all [Link] - Spacing of horizontal shear rein-
reinforcement in tension, may be used when forcement s, shall not exceed Pw15,3h, nor 18 in.
determined by a strain compatibility analysis.
[Link] - Ratio p , of vertical shear reinforcement
11.10.5- Unless a more detailed calculation is area to gross concrete area of horizontal section
made in accordance with Section 11.10.6, shear shall not be less than
strength V, shall not be taken greater than
2 f i ~ h for
d walls subject to Nu in compression, or
V, shall not be taken greater than the value given
in Section [Link] for walls subject to Nu in
tension. nor 0.0025, but need not be greater than the
required horizontal shear reinforcement.
11.10.6 - Shear strength V, may be computed by
Eq. (11-33)and (11-34),where V, shall be the lesser [Link] - Spacing of vertical shear rein-
of Eq. (11-33)or (11-34). forcement s, shall not exceed Pw13,3h, nor 18 in.

11.11 - Special provisions for slabs

and footings
11.11.1 -Shear strength of slabs and footings in
the vicinity of concentrated loads or reactions is
governed by the more severe of two conditions:
[Link] - Beam action for slab or footing, with a
critical section extending in a plane across the
entire width and located at a distanced from face
of concentrated load or reaction area. For this
where N u is negative for tension. When (M,/V, -
condition, the slab or footing shall be designed in
1,12) is negative, Eq. (11-34)shall not apply. accordance with Sections 11.1 through 11.5.

11.10.7 - Sections located closer to wall base [Link] -Two-way action for slab or footing, with
than a distance !,I2 or one-half the wall height, a critical section perpendicular to plane of slab
whichever is less, may be designed for the same and located so that its perimeter b, is a minimum,
V, as that computed at a distance2I,&
' or one-half but need not approach closer than dl2 to
the height. perimeter of concentrated load or reaction area.
For this condition, the slab or footing shall be
11.10.8-When factored shear force V, is less designed in accordance with Sections 11.11.2
than $Vc12, reinforcement shall be provided in through 11.11.4.
accordance with Section 11.10.9 or in accordance
with Chapter 14. When V, exceeds $Vc12, wall 11.11.2-Design of slab or footing for two-way
reinforcement for resisting shear shall be action shall be based on Eq. (11-I), where shear
provided in accordance with Section [Link].9. strength V, shall not be taken greater than shear
strength V, given by Eq. (11-37), unless shear
11.10.9 - Design of shear reinforcement for walls reinforcement is provided in accordance with
Section 11.11.3 or 11.11.4.
[Link].g.l - Where factored shear force V, exceeds
shear strength V , horizontal shear rein-
forcement shall be provided to satisfy Eq. (11-1)
and (11-2), where shear strength V, shall be
computed by
but not greater than 4\/tdb,d. j3, is the ratio of long
side to short side of concentrated load or reaction
area and b, is perimeter of critical section defined
in Section [Link].
where A , is area of horizontal shear reinforcement 11.1 1.3 - Shear reinforcement consisting of bars
within a distance s, and distance d is in ac- or wires may be used in slabs and footings in
cordance with Section [Link].4. Vertical shear accordance with the following provisions.
reinforcement shall be provided in accordance
with Section [Link]. 11.11.3fl - Shear strength V , shall be computed
by Eq. (11-2), where shear strength V, shall be in
[Link] - Ratio p , of horizontal shear rein- accordance with Section [Link], and shear
forcement area to gross concrete area of vertical strength V, shall be in accordance with Section
section shall not be less than 0.0025. [Link].
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
[Link] -Shear strength V, shall not be taken [Link] - Critical slab section for shear shall be
greater than 6fl;b,d, where b, is perimeter of perpendicular to plane of slab and shall cross
critical section defined in Section [Link]. each shearhead arm 314 the distance [P,-(c,12)]
from column face to end of shearhead arm.
11.1 1.3.3 - Shear strength shall be investigated at Critical section shall be located so that its
the critical section defined in S e c t i o ~[Link] perimeter b, is a minimum, but need not approach
and at successive sections more distant from the closer than dl2 to perimeter of column section.
support.
[Link] -Shear strength V, at any section shall
[Link] -
Shear strength V, shall not be taken
greater than 4\/tdb0d, on the critical section de-
not be taken greater than 2fi;b0d, where b, is fined in Section [Link]. When shearhead rein-
perimeter of critical section defined in Section forcement is provided, shear strength V, shall
[Link]. not be taken greater than 7v'75.b0d on the critical
[Link] -Where factored shear force V , exceeds section defined in Section [Link].
shear strength 4 V, as given in Section [Link], [Link] - A shearhead may be assumed to
required area A , and shear strength V , of shear contribute a moment resistance M, to each slab
reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance column strip computed by
with Section 11.5 and anchored in accordance
with Section 12.14.
11.11.4 - Shear reinforcement consisting of steel
Ior channel shapes (shearheads) may be used in where 4 is the strength reduction factor for flexure
slabs. Provisions of Sections [Link] through and Pv is the length of each shearhead arm actually
[Link] shall apply where shear is transferred at provided. However, M v shall not be taken larger
interior column supports. Where shear is trans- than the smaller of:
ferred at edge or corner column supports, special
(a) 30 percent of total factored moment
designs are required.
required for each slab column strip.
[Link] -Each shearhead shall consist of steel
(b) Change in column strip moment over length
shapes fabricated by welding into four identical
arms at right angles. Shearhead arms shall be Pv .
continuous through the column section. (c) Value of M, computed by Eq. (11-38).
[Link] - Shearhead shall not be deeper than 70 11.1 1.5 - Openings i n slabs
times the web thickness of the steel shape.
When openings in slabs are located at a distance
[Link] - Ends of each shearhead arm may be less than 10 times the slab thickness from a
cut at angles not less than 30 deg with the concentrated load or reaction area, or when
horizontal, provided the plastic moment strength openings in flat slabs are located within column
of the remaining tapered section is adequate to strips as defined in Chapter 13, the critical slab
resist the shear force attributed to that arm of the section for shear defined in Sections [Link] and
shearhead. [Link] shall be modified as follows:
11.1 1.4.4 - All compression flanges of steel (a) For slabs without shearheads, that part of
shapes shall be located within 0.3d of com- the perimeter of the critical section that is
pression surface of slab. enclosed by straight lines, projecting from the
centroid of the load or reaction area and tangent
[Link] - Ratio cu, between the stiffness for each
to the boundaries of the openings shall be
shearhead arm and that for surrounding com-
considered ineffective.
+
posite cracked slab section of width (c, d) shall
not be less than 0.15. (b) For slabs with shearheads, the ineffective
portion of the perimeter shall be one-half of that
[Link] - Plastic moment strength M, required
defined in (a).
for each arm of the shearhead shall be computed
by 11.12 - Transfer of moments to columns
11.1 2.1 - General
[Link] -When gravity load, wind, earthquake, or
other lateral forces cause transfer of moment at
where 4 is strength reduction factor for flexure connections of framing elements to columns,
and Pv is minimum length of each shearhead arm shear resulting from moment transfer shall be
required t o comply with requirements of Sections considered in design of lateral reinforcement in
11.11.4.7and [Link]. columns.
ACI STANDARD
[Link]- Lateral reinforcement not less than [Link]-A fraction of the unbalanced moment
that required by Eq. (11-14) shall be provided given by
within connections of framing elements to
columns, except for connections not part of a
primary seismic load-resisting system that are
restrained on four sides by beams or slabs of
approximately equal depth.
11.1 2.2 - Special provisions for slabs
shall be considered transferred by eccentricity of
[Link] -When gravity load, wind, earthquake, or shear about centroid of a critical section per-
other lateral forces cause transfer of moment pendicular to plane of slab and located so that its
between slab and column, a fraction of the un- perimeter is a minimum, but need n ~ approach
t
balanced moment shall be transferred by ec- closer than dl2 to perimeter of co!cmn.
centicity of shear in accordance with Sections
11.12.2.3and [Link]. [Link] - Shear stresses resulting from moment
transfer by eccentric~tyof shear shall be assumed
[Link]- Fraction of unbalanced moment not to vary linearly about centroid of critical section
transferred by eccenticity of shear shall be defined in Section [Link]. Maximum shear
transferred by flexure in accordance with Section stress due to factored shear forces and moments
13.3.4. +
shall not exceed 4 ( 2 41p,) ~ 7 nortb4
; L f;.

CHAPTER 12 - DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICES OF REINFORCEMENT

12.Q- Notation pd =development length, in.
fe =equivalent embedment length of a hook,
= depth of equivalent rectangular stress in.
block as defined in Section 10.2.7 =nominal moment strength at section, in.-
M,
= area of an individual bar, sq in. Ib
= area of nonprestressed tension rein- = A,f,(d-al2)
forcement, sq in. s =spacing of stirrups or ties, in.
=area of shear reinforcement within a s, =spacing of wire to be developed or
distances, sq in. spliced, in.
= area of an individual wire to be developed V, = factored shear force at section
or spliced, sq in. =ratio of area of reinforcement cut off to
p,
=web width, or diameter of circular section, total area of tension reinforcement at
in. section
=distance from extreme compression fiber
i =constant for standard hook
to centroid of tension reinforcement, in.
= nominal diameter of bar, wire, or
prestressing strand, in.
12.1 - Development of reinforcement -
=specified compressive strength of
General
concrete, psi Calculated tension or compression in rein-
=square root of specified compressive forcement at each section of reinforced concrete
strength of concrete, psi members shall be developed on each side of that
= average splitting tensile strength of section by embedment length or end anchorage or
lightweight aggregate concrete, psi a combination thereof. Hooks may be used in
=tensile stress developed by standard developing bars in tension.
hook, psi
= stress in prestressed reinforcement at 12.2 - Development of deformed bars and
nominal strength, ksi deformed wire in tension
=effective stress in prestressed rein-
forcement (after allowance for all 12.2.1 - Development length Pd, in inches, for
prestress losses), ksi deformed bars and deformed wire in tension shall
= s p e c i f i e d yield strength of non- be computed as the product of the basic
prestressed reinforcement, psi development length of Section 12.2.2 and the
= overall thickness of member, in. applicable modification factor or factors of
=additional embedment length at support Sections 12.2.3 and 12.2.4, but P, shall not be less
or at point of inflection, in. than that specified in Section 12.2.5.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

12.2.2 - Basic development length shall be: as the product of the basic development length of
Section 12.3.2 and applicable modification factors
(a) #11 barand smaller.. . . . . . . . . 0.04Abf,ldf;* of Section 12.3.3, but Pd shall not be less than 8 in.
but not less than . . . . . . . . . . ..0.0004 dbf, '
12.3.2 - Basic development
(b) # 1 4 b a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.085fyl\/f;*
length shall be. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02 d b f y l f l ;
(c) # 1 8 b a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[Link]/\/f;t
but not less than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0003 d b f y +
(d) Deformed wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.03 dbf,/\ifd
12.3.3 - Basic development length may be
12.2.3-Basic development length shall be multiplied by applicable factors for:
multiplied by applicable factor or factors for: (a) Reinforcement ill excess of
(a) Top reinforcement5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 that required by analysis . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(A, required)I(A,provided)
(b) Reinforcement with f, 60,000
greater than 60,000 psi . . . . . . . . (2 - --) (b) Reinforcement enclosed
f" within spiral reinforcement not
(c) Lightweight aggregate concrete less than 114 in. diameter and
When f,, is specified and not more than 4 in. pitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Q.75
concrete is proportioned in
accordance with Section 4.2 . . . . . . . . 6.71 fklf,, 12.4 - Development of bundled bars
but not less
than 1.0 Development length of individual bars within a
bundle, in tension or compression, shall be that
When f,, is not specified for the individual bar, increased 20 percent for 3-
"all-lightweight" concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.33 bar bundle, and 33 percent for 4-bar bundle.
"sand-lightweight" concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18
Linear interpolation may be
12.5 - Standard hooks in tension
applied when partial sand
replacement is used. 12.5.1 -Standard hooks shall be considered to
develop a tensile stress in bar reinforcement
12.2.4 - Basic development length, modified by
appropriate factors of Sect~on 12.2.3 may be
multiplied by applicable factor or factors for:
where is not greater than values in Table 12.5.1.
(a) Reinforcement being
developed in length under TABLE 12.5.1 - ,$-VALUES*
considerat ion and spaced
laterally at least 6 in. on center
f , = 60 ksi f , = 40 k s i
with at least 3 in. clear from face
Bar TOP Other All
of member to edge bar, size bars bars bars
measured in direction o f
spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8
(b) Reinforcement in a flexural
member in excess of that
required by analysis . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(A, requi red)l(Asprovided) .Values of may be increased 30 percent where enclosure I S p r o v ~ d e d per
pendicular to olane o f hook Enclosure may conslst o f external concrete or Interna,
closed tles s p ~ r a l sor stlrrups See Sectlon 7 9
(c) Reinforcement enclosed
within spiral reinforcement not 12.5.2 - An equivalent embedment length Pe of a
less than 114 in. diameter and standard hook may be computed using provisions
not more than 4 in. pitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.75 of Section 12.2.2 by substituting f, for f, and P, for
12.2.5 -Development length Pd shall not be less
Pd .
than 12 in., except in computation of lap splices 12.5.3 - Hooks shall not be considered effective in
by Section 12.16 and development of web rein- developing reinforcement in compression.
forcement by Section 12.14.
'Constant carries unit of l l i n

12.3 - Development of deformed bars in t c o n s t a n t carries the unit of in. 'llb.

compression $Constant carries the unit of in.
12.3.1 -Development length P,, in inches, for •˜Top reinforcement is horizontal reinforcement so placed that more
deformed bars in compression shall be computed than 12 in. of concrete is cast in the member below the reinforcement.

ACI STANDARD
12.6 - Mechanical anchorage forcement in excess of that required by analysis
and by factor of Section 12.2.3 for lightweight
12.6.1 -Any mechanical device capable of aggregate concrete, but P, shall not be less than 6
developing the strength of reinforcement without in. except in computation of lap splices by Sec-
damage to concrete may be used as anchorage. tion 12.20.
12.6.2 -Test results showing adequacy of such 12.10 - Development of prestressing
mechanical devices shall be presented to the strand
Building Official.
12.10.1 - Three- or seven-wire pretensioning
12.7 - Combination development length strand shall be bonded beyond the critical section
Development length Pd in tension may consist of a for a development length, in inches, not less than
combination of equivalent embedment length of a
hook or mechanical anchorage plus additional
embedment length of reinforcement.
12.8 - Development of welded deformed where d, is strand diameter in inches, and f,, and
wire fabric in tension f,, are expressed in kips per square in.
12.8.1 - Development length fd, in inches, of 12.10.2 - Investigation may be limited to cross
welded deformed wire fabric measured from point sections nearest each end of the member that are
of critical section to end of wire shall be com- required to develop full design strength under
puted as the product of the basic development specified factored loads.
length of Section 12.8.2 or 12.8.3 and applicable
12.10.3 -Where bonding of a strand does not
modification factor or factors of Sections 12.2.3
extend to the end of a member, bonded
and 12.2.4; but fd shall not be less than 8 in. except
development length specified in Section 12.10.1
in computation of lap splices by Section 12.19 and
shall be doubled.
development of web reinforcement by Section
12.14. 12.1 1 - Development of flexural rein-
12.8.2 - Basic development length of welded
forcement General -
deformed wire fabric, with at least one cross wire 12.11.1-Tension reinforcement may be
within the development length not less than 2 in. developed by bending across the web to be an-
from point of critical section, shall be chored or made continuous with reinforcement on
the opposite face of member.
0.03db (f, - 20,00O)I\If; *
12.11.2 - Critical sections for development of
but not less than reinforcement in flexural members are at points of
maximum stress and at points within the span
where adjacent reinforcement terminates, or is
bent. Provisions of Section 12.12.3 must be
satisfied.
12.8.3 - Basic development length of welded 12.11.3 - Reinforcement shall extend beyond the
deforme6 wire fabric, with no cross wires within point at which it is no longer required to resist
the development length, shall be determined as flexure for a distance equal to the effective depth
for deformed wire. of member or 12 d , , whichever is greater, except
at supports of simple spans and at free end of
12.9 - Development of welded smooth
cantilevers.
wire fabric in tension
12.11.4 - Continuing reinforcement shall have an
Yield strength of welded smooth wire fabric shall
embedment length not less than the development
be considered developed by embedment of two
length fd beyond the point where bent or ter-
cross wires with the closer cross wire not less
minated tension reinforcement is no longer
than 2 in. from point of critical section. However,
required to resist flexure.
development length Pd measured from point of
critical section to outermost cross wire shall not 12.11.5 - Flexural reinforcement shall not be
be less than terminated in a tension zone unless one of the
following conditions is satisfied:

'The 20,000 has unlts o f psl

modified by (A, required)l(A, provided) for rein- t E x p r e s s ~ o nIn parenthes~sused as a constant w ~ t h o u tumts

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link] - Shear at the cutoff point does not equivalent embedment length of any hook or
exceed two-thirds that permitted, including shear mechanical anchorage provided.
strength of shear reinforcement provided.
Pa at a point of inflection shall be limited to the
[Link] - Stirrup area in excess of that required effective depth of member or 12 d,, whichever is
for shear and torsion is provided along each greater.
terminated bar or wire over a distance from the
Value of M , / V , may be increased 30 percent when
termination point equal to three-fourths the ef-
fective depth of member. Excess stirrup area A , the ends of reinforcement are confined by a
shall not be less than 60b,s/f,. Spacing s shall compressive reaction.
not exceed d/8pb where P, is the ratio of area of
reinforcement cut off to total area of tension 12.13 - Development of negative moment
reinforcement at the section. reinforcement
[Link] - For #11 bar and smaller, continuing 12.13.1 - Negative moment reinforcement in a
reinforcement provides double the area required continuous, restrained, or cantilever member, or
for flexure at the cutoff point and shear does not in any member of a rigid frame, shall be anchored
exceed three-fourths that permitted. in or through the supporting member by em-
bedment length, hooks, or mechanical anchorage.
12.1 1.6 - Adequate end anchorage shall be
provided for tension reinforcement in flexural 12.1 3.2 - Negative moment reinforcement shall
members where reinforcement stress is not have an embedment length into the span as
directly proportional to moment, such as: sloped, required by Sections 12.1 and 12.11.3.
stepped, or tapered footings; brackets; deep 12.13.3 - A t least one-third the total tension
flexural members; or members in which tension reinforcement provided for negative moment at a
reinforcement is not parallel to compression face. support shall have an embedment length beyond
12.12 - Development of positive moment the point of inflection not less than effective
reinforcement depth of member, 12 d,, or 1/16 the clear span,
whichever is greater.
12.12.1 - A t least one-third the positive moment
reinforcement in simple members and one-fourth 12.14 - Development of web
the positive moment reinforcement in continuous
reinforcement
members shall extend along the same face of
member into the support. In beams, such rein- 12.14.1 -Web reinforcement shall be carried as
forcement shall extend into the support at least 6 close to compression and tension surfaces of
in. member as cover requirements and proximity of
other reinforcement will permit.
12.12.2-When a flexural member is part of a.
primary laterai load resisting system, positive 12.14.2 - Ends of single leg, simple U-, or multiple
moment reinforcement required to be extended U-stirrups shall be anchored by one of the
into the support by Section 12.12.1 shall be an- following means:
chored to develop the specified yield strength f,
in tension at the face of support. [Link] - A standard hook plus an embedment of
0.5 P., The 0.5 Ed embedmer~tof a stirrup leg shall
12.12.3-At simple supports and at points of be taken as the distance between middepth of
inflection, pcsitive moment tension rein- memberdl2 and start of hook (point of tangency).
forcement shall be limited to a diameter such that
P, computed for f, by Section 12.2 satisifies the [Link]-Embedment dl2 above or below
following middepth on the compression side of the member
for a full development length P, but not less than
24db; or for deformed bars or deformed wire, 12 in.
[Link] - For #5 bar and D31 wire, and smaller,
bending around longitudinal reinforcement
where: through at least 135 deg plus, for stirrups with
M , is nominal moment strength assuming all design stress exceeding 40,000 psi, an em-
reinforcement at the section to be stressed to the bedment of 0.33fd. The 0.33 f, embedment of a
specified yield strength f,. stirrup leg shall be taken as the distance between
middepth of member dl2 and start of hook (point
V , is factored shear force at the section. of tangency).
Pa at a support shall be the sum of the embedment [Link] - For each leg of welded smooth wire
length beyond the center of support and the fabric forming simple U-stirrups, either:

ACI STANDARD
 (a) Two longitudinal wires spaced at a 2 in. [Link] - Except as provided in this code, all
spacing along the member at the top of the U. welding shall conform to "Reinforcing Steel
Welding Code" (AWS 012.1).
(b) One longitudinal wire located not more than
dl4 from the compression face and a second [Link] - A full welded splice shall have bars
wire closer to the compression face and spaced butted and welded to develop in tension at least
not less than 2 in. from the first wire. The 125 percent of specified yield strength f, of the
second wire may be located on the stirrup leg bar.
beyond a bend, or on a bend with an inside
diameter of bend not less than 8 d,. [Link] - A full mechanical connection shall
develop in tension or compression, as required, at
12.14.3 - Between anchored ends, each bend in least 125 percent of specified yield strength f, of
the continuous portion of a simple U-stirrups or the bar.
multiple U-stirrup shall enclose a longitudinal bar.
[Link] - Welded splices and mechanical
12.14.4 - Longitudinal bars bent to act as shear connections not meeting requirements of Section
reinforcement, if extended into a region of ten- [Link] or [Link] may be used in accordance
sion, shall be continuous with longitudinal with Section 12.16.4.
reinforcement and, if extended into a region of 12.16 - Splices of deformed bars and
compression, shall be anchored beyond middepth deformed wire in tension
dl2 as specified for development length in Section
12.2 for that part of f, required to satisfy Eq. (11- 12.16.1 - Minimum length of lap for tension lap
18). splices shall be as required for Class A, B, or C
splice, but not less than 12 in., where:
12.14.5 - Pairs of U-stirrups or ties so placed as to
form a closed unit shall be considered properly Class A splice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Link]
spliced when length of laps are 1.7 P., In members
Class B splice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3Pd
at least 18 in. deep, such splices with A,f, not
more than 9000 Ib per leg may be considered Class C splice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7Pd
adequate i f stirrup legs extend the full available
depth of member. where Pd is the tensile development length for the
specified yield strength f, in accordance with
Section 12.2.
12.1 5 - Splices of reinforcement -
General 12.16.2 - Lap splices of deformed bars and
deformed wire in tension shall conform to Table
12.15.1 - Splices of reinforcement shall be made
12.16.
only as required or permitted on design drawings, '
or in specifications, or as authorized by the TABLE 12.16 - TENSION LAP SPLICES
Engineer. Max~rnurnpercent of A,
A, prowded*
-- s p l ~ c e dw ~ t h l nrequ~red
12.15.2 - Lap splices A, requ~red lap length
50 75 100
[Link] - Lap splices shall not be used for bars Equal t o or Class A Class A Class B
larger than #11 except as provided in Section greater than 2
--
15.8.6. Less than 2 Class B Class C Class C_
'Ratio of area of renforcement provided to area of rel-l'orcernert r e q u r e d by
[Link] - [Link] splices of bundled bars shall be analysls at spllce location

based on the lap splice length required for in- 12.16.3-Welded splices or mechanical con-
dividual bars within a bundle, increased 20 per- nections used where area of reinforcement
cent for a 3-bar bundle and 33 percent for a 4-bar provided is less than twice that required by
bundle. Individual bar splices within a bundle analysis shall meet requirements of Section
shall not overlap. 12.15.3.3or [Link].
[Link] - Bars spliced by noncontact lap splices 12.16.4 - Welded splices or mechanical con-
in flexural members shall not be spaced tran- nections used where area of reinforcement
sversely farther apart than 115 the required lap provided is at least twice that required by analysis
splice length, nor 6 in. shall meet the following:
[Link] - Splices shall be staggered at least 24
12.15.3 - Welded splices and mechanical
connections in. and in such manner as l o develop at every
section at least twice the calculated tensile force
[Link] - Welded splices and other mechanical at that section but not less than 20,000 psi for
connections may be used. total area of reinforcement provided.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link] - In computing tensile force developed various loading combinations, varies from f, in
at each section, spliced reinforcement may be compression to 112fy or less in tension, lap
rated at the specified splice strength. Unspliced splices, butt welded splices, mechanical con-
reinforcement shall be rated at that fraction of f, nections, or end bearing splices may be used.
defined by the ratio of the shorter actual Total tensile strength provided in each face of the
development length t o P, required t o develop the column by splices alone or by splices in com-
specified yield strength f,. binations with continuing unspliced bars at
specified yield strength f, shall be at least twice
12.16.5 - Splices in "tension tie members" shall the calculated tension in that face of the column
be made with a full welded splice or full but not less than required by Section 12.18.3.
mechanical connection in accordance with
Section [Link] or [Link] and be staggered at 12.18.2-Where factored load stress in
least 1.7 P., longitudina! bars in a column, calculated for any
loading combination, exceeds 112fy in tension, lap
splices designed to develop the specified yield
12.17 - Splices of deformed bars in strength f, in tension, or full welded splices or full
compression mechanical connections in accordance with
12.17.1 - Minimum length of lap for compression Section [Link] or [Link] shall be used.
lap splices shall be the development length in 12.18.3 - At horizontal cross sections of columns
compression computed in accordance with where splices are located, a minimum tensile
Section 12.3, but not less than 0.0005 f,d,, nor strength in each face of the column equal t o 114
(0.0009 9 , - 24) d, for f, greater than 60,000 psi, nor the area of vertical reinforcement in that face
12 in. For f; less than 3000 psi, length of lap shall multiplied by 1, shall be provided.
be increased by 113.
12.17.2 - In tied reinforced compression mem-
12.19 - Splices of welded deformed wire
bers, where ties throughout the lap splice length
fabric in tension
have an effective area not less than 0.0015 h s , lap 12.19.1 - Minimum length of lap for lap splices of
splice length may be multiplied by 0.83, but lap welded deformed wire fabric measured between
length shall not be less than 12 in. Tie legs per- the ends of each fabric sheet shall not be less
pendicular to dimension h shall be used in than 1.7P, nor 8 in., and the overlap measured
determining effective area. between outermost cross wires of each fabric
sheet shall not be less than 2 in. Pd shall be the
12.17.3 - In spirally reinforced compression development length for the specified yield
members, lap splice length of bars within a spiral strength f, in accordance with Section 12.8.
may be multiplied by 0.75, but lap length shall not
be less than 12 in. 12.19.2- Lap splices of welded deformed wire
fabric, with no cross wires within the lap splice
12.17.4-Welded splices or mechanical con- length, shall be determined as for deformed wire.
nections used in compression shall meet
requirements of Section [Link] or [Link]. 12.20 - Splices of welded smooth wire
fabric in tension
12.17.5 - End bearing splices
Minimum length of lap for lap splices of welded
[Link] - In bars required for compression only, smooth wire fabric shall be in accordance with the
compressive stress may be transmitted by following.
bearing of square cut ends held in concentric
contact by a suitable device. 12.20.1 -When area of reinforcement provided is
less than twice that required by analysis at splice
[Link] - Bar ends shall terminate in flat sur- location, length of overlap measured between
faces within li/2 deg of a right angle to the axis of outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet shall
the bars and shall be fitted within 3 deg of full not be less than one spacing of cross wires plus 2
bearing after assembly. in., nor less than 1.5 P,, nor 6 in. Pd shall be the
development length for the specified yield
[Link] - End bearing splices shall be used only
strength f, in accordance with Section 12.9.
in members containing closed ties, closed
stirrups, or spirals. 12.20.2 -When area of reinforcement provided is
at least twice that required by analysis at splice
12.18 - Special splice requirements for location, length of overlap measured between
columns outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet shall
not be less than 1.5Pd,, nor 2 in. P, shall be the
12.18.1 - Where factored load stress i n development length for the specified yield
longitudinal bars in a column, calculated for strength f, in accordance with Section 12.9.

ACI STANDARD
PART 5 - STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS

CHAPTER 13 - TWO-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS

13.0 - Notation = shorter overall dimension of rectangular

part of cross section
= size of rectangular or equivalent rec- = longer overall dimension of rectangular
tangular column, capital, or bracket part of cross section
measured in the direction of the span for = ratio of flexural stiffness of beam section
which moments are being determined, in. to flexural stiffness of a width of slab
= size of rectangular or equivalent rec- bounded laterally by centerlines of ad-
tangular column, capital, or bracket jacent panels (if any) on each side of the
measured transverse to the direction of beam
the span for which moments are being
determined, in.
=cross-sectional constant to define tor-
=ratio of flexural stiffness of columns
sional properties. See Eq. (13-8)
above and below the slab to combined
=distance from extreme compression fiber
flexural stiffness of the slabs and beams
to centroid of tension reinforcement, in.
at a joint taken in the direction of the
= modulus of elasticity of beam concrete span for which moments are being
= modulus of elasticity of column concrete determined
= modulus of elasticity of slab concrete
- LKc
=overall thickness of member, in. -
= moment of inertia about centroidal axis +
L(Ks Kb)
of gross section of beam as defined in = ratio of flexural stiffness of equivalent
Section 13.2.4 column to combined flexural stiffness of
=moment of inertia of gross section of the slabs and beams at a joint taken in
column the direction of the span for which
= moment of inertia about centroidal axis moments are being determined
of gross section of slab - Kec
-
=h3112 times width of slab defined in +
X(Ks Kb)
notations (Y and 8, = minimum (Y, to satisfy Section 13.6.1O(a)
=flexural stiffness of beam; moment per = (Y in direction of P,
unit rotation = a in direction of P,
=flexural stiffness of column; moment per = ratio of dead load per unit area to live load
unit rotation per unit area (in each case without load
= flexural stiffness of equivalent column; factors)
moment per unit rotation. See Eq. (13-6) = ratio of torsional stiffness of edge beam
=flexural stiffness of slab; moment per section to flexural stiffness of a width of
unit rotation slab equal to span length of beam,
=torsional stiffness of torsional member; center-to-centerof supports
moment per unit rotation
=length of clear span in direction that
moments are being determined,
measured face-to-faceof supports =factor defined by Eq. (13-5). See Section
=length of span in direction that moments 13.6.10
= fraction of unbalanced moment trans-
are being determined, measured center-
ferred by flexure at slab-column con-
to-center of supports
nections. See Section [Link]
= length of span transverse to P,, measured
center-to-center of supports. See also 13.1 - Scope
Sections [Link] and [Link]
=total factored static moment 13.1.1 - Provisions of Chapter 13 shall apply for
=factored load per unit area design of slab systems reinforced for flexure in
= factored dead load per unit area more than one direction with or without beams
=factored live load per unit area between supports.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS 55

13.1.2 - A slab system may be supported on 13.3.4- When gravity load, wind, earthquake, or
columns or walls. If supported by columns, no other lateral forces cause transfer of moment
portion of a column capital shall be considered for between slab and column, a fraction of the un-
structural purposes that lies outside the largest balanced moment shall be transferred by flexure
right circular cone or pyramid with a 90 deg vertex in accordance with Sections [Link] and [Link].
that can be included within the outlines of a
supporting element. [Link] -Fraction of unbalanced moment not
transferred by flexure shall be transferred by
13.1.3-Solid slabs and slabs with recesses or eccentricity of shear in accordance with Section
pockets made by permanent or removable fillers 11.12.2.
between ribs or joists in two directions are in-
[Link] - A fraction of the unbalanced moment
cluded within the scope of Chapter 13.
given by
13.1.4- Slabs with paneled ceilings are included
within the scope of Chapter 13, provided the panel
of reduced thickness lies entirely within middle
strips, and is not less than 213 the thickness of the
remainder of the slab, exclusive of the drop panel,
nor less than 4 in. thick. shall be considered transferred by flexure over an
effective slab width between lines that are one
13.1.5 - Minimum thickness of slabs designed in and one half slab or drop panel thickness (1.5 h)
accordance with Chapter 13 shall be as required outside opposite faces of the column or capital.
by Section 9.5.3.
[Link] - Concentration of reinforcement over the
column by closer spacing or additional rein-
13.2 - Definitions forcement may be used to resist moment on the
13.2.1 -Column strip is a design strip with a width effective slab width defined in Section [Link].
on each side of a column center line equal to 0.25 13.3.5- Design for transfer of load from slab t o
P, or 0.25 P,, whichever is less. Column strip in- supporting columns or walls through shear and
cludes beams, if any. torsion shall be in accordance with Chapter 11.
13.2.2 - Middie strip is a design strip bounded by
two column strips.
13.4 - Slab reinforcement
13.2.3 - A panel is bounded by column, beam, or
wall center lines on all sides. 13.4.1 -Area of reinforcement in each direction
for two-way slab systems shall be determined
13.2.4- For monolithic or fully composite con- from moments at critical sections but shall not be
struction, a beam includes that portion of slab on less than required by Section 7.12.
each side of the beam extending a distance equal
t o the projection of the beam above or below the 13.4.2 - Spacing of reinforcement at critical
slab, whichever is greater, but not greater than 4 sections shall not exceed 2 times the slab
times the slab thickness. thickness, except for portions of slab area that
may be of cellular or ribbed construction. In the
slab over cellular spaces, reinforcement shall be
13.3 - Design procedures provided as required by Section 7.12.
13.3.1 - A slab system may be designed by any 13.4.3 - Positive moment reinforcement per-
procedure satisfying conditions of equilibrium pendicular t o a discontinuous edge shall extend
and geometrical compatibility if shown that the to the edge of slab and have embedment, straight
design strength at every section i s at least equal or hooked, at least 6 in. in spandrel beams,
t o the required strength considering Sections 9.2 columns, or walls.
and 9.3, and that all serviceability conditions,
including specified limits on deflections, are met. 13.4.4 - Negative moment reinforcement per-
pendicular t o a discontinuous edge shall be bent,
13.3.2 - A slab system, including the slab and hooked, or otherwise anchored, in spandrel
beams (if any) between supports, and supporting beams, columns, or walls, t o be developed at face
columns or walls may be designed by either the of support according t o provisions of Chapter 12.
Direct-Design Method (Section 13.6) or the
Equivalent Frame Method (Section 13.7). 13.4.5 -Where a slab is not supported by a
spandrel beam or wall at a discontinuous edge, or
13.3.3 - T h e slab and beams (if any) between where a slab cantilevers beyond the support,
supports shall be proportioned for factored anchorage of reinforcement may be within the
moments prevailing at every section. slab.

ACI STANDARD
13.4.6 - In slabs with beams between supports 13.5 - Openings in slab systems
with a value of CY greater than 1.0, special top and
bottom slab reinforcement shall be provided at 13.5.1 -Openings of any size may be provided in
exterior corners in accordance with the following: slab systems if shown by analysis that the design
strength is at least equal to the required strength
[Link] -The special reinforcement in both top considering Sections 9.2 and 9.3, and that all
and bottom of slab shall be sufficient to resist a serviceability conditions, including the specified
moment equal to the maximum positive moment limits on deflections, are met.
(per foot of width) in the slab.
13.5.2 - In lieu of special analysis as required by
[Link] - Direction of moment shall be assumed Section 13.5.1, openings may be provided in slab
parallel to the diagonal from the corner in the top systems without beams only in accordance with
of the slab and perpendicular to the diagonal in the following.
the bottom of the slab.
[Link] -Openings of any size may be located in
[Link] -The special reinforcement shall be the area common to intersecting middle strips,
provided for a distance in each direction from the provided total amount of reinforcement required
corner equal to 115 the longer span. for the panel without the opening is maintained.
[Link]- In either the top or bottom of the slab, [Link] - In the area common to intersecting
the special reinforcement may be placed in a column strips, not more than 118 the width of
single band in the direction of the moment or in column strip in either span shall be interrupted by
two bands parallel to the sides of the slab. openings. An amount of reinforcement equivalent
to that interrupted by an opening shall be added
13.4.7 -Where a drop panel is used to reduce
on the sides of the opening.
amount of negative moment reinforcement over
the column of a flat slab, size of drop panel shall [Link] - In the area common to one column strip
be in accordance with the following. and one middle strip, not more than 114 the
reinforcement in either strip shall be interrupted
[Link] - Drop panel shall extend in each
by openings. An amount of reinforcement
direction from center line of support a distance
equivalent to that interrupted by an opening shall
not less than 116 the span length measured from
be added on the sides of the opening.
center-to-center of supports in that direction.
[Link] - Shear requirements of Section 11.11.5
[Link] - Projection of drop panel below the slab
shall be satisfied.
shall be at least 114 the slab thickness beyond the
drop.
[Link]-In computing required slab rein- 13.6 - Direct design method
forcement, thickness of drop panel below the slab 13.6.1 -Slab systems within the following
shall not be assumed greater than 114 the distance limitations may be designed by the Direct Design
from edge of drop panel to edge of column or Method.
column capital.
[Link] -There shall be a minimum of three
13.4.8 - Details of reinforcement in slabs without continuous spans in each direction.
beams
[Link] - Panels shall be rectangular with a ratio
[Link] - In addition to the other requirements of of longer to shorter span within a panel not
Section 13.4, reinforcement in slabs without greater than 2.
beams shall have minimum bend point locations
and extensions for reinforcement as prescribed in [Link] - Successive span lengths in each
Fig. 13.4.8. direction shall not differ by more than 113 the
longer span.
[Link] - Where adjacent spans are unequal,
extension of negative reinforcement beyond the [Link]- Columns may be offset a maximum of
face of support as prescribed in Fig. 13.4.8 shall 10 percent of the span (in direction of offset) from
be based on requirements of longer span. either axis between center lines of successive
columns.
[Link] - Bent bars may be used only when depth-
span ratio permits use of bends 45 deg or less. [Link] - All loads shall be due to gravity only and
uniformly distributed over an entire panel. Live
[Link] - For slabs in frames not braced against load shall not exceed 3 times dead load.
sidesway and for slabs resisting lateral loads,
lengths of reinforcement shall be determined by [Link]- For a panel with beams between sup-
analysis but shall not be less than those ports on all sides, the relative stiffness of beams
prescribed in Fig. 13.4.8. in two perpendicular directions

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

I LJ
c MINIMUM

0 P
> WITHOUT DROP PANELS
I WITH DROP PANELS

50

Remainder

50
2 4 bar dia. or 12" Min.
Remainder
6"

50

Remainder

50

Remainder

100

50

Remainder

50

Remainder

50

Remainder

k- center to center span -1 Center to center span-1 -4

Exterior support Interior support Exterior support 4
[NO slab continuity) (Continuity provided) (No s l a b continuiiy)

* Bent bars at exterior supports

may be used if a general
BAR LENGTH FROM FACE OF SUPPORT

analysis is made

Fig. 13.4.8 -
Minimum bend point locations and extensions for reinforcement in slabs without beams
(See Section 12.12.1 for reinforcement extension into supports)

58 ACI STANDARD
 Interior negative 0.10
factored moment.. . . . . . . . . 0.75- -I

shall not be less than 0.2nor greater than 5.0.

0.28
[Link] - Moment redistribution as permitted by Positive factored moment . . . 0.63- ---
I
Section 8.4 shall not be applied for slab systems
designed by the Direct Design Method. See
Section 13.6.7.
[Link]-Variations from the limitations of Exterior negative factored moment. 0.65
. -
Section 13.6.1 may be considered acceptable if 1
demonstrated by analysis that requirements of I+-
aec
Section 13.3.1are satisfied.
where CY,, is computed in accordance with Section
13.6.2 - Total factored static moment for a span 13.7.4for the exterior column.
[Link] -Total factored static moment for a span [Link] - Negative moment sections shall be
shall be determined in a strip bounded laterally by designed to resist the larger of the two interior
center line of panel on each side of center line of negative factored moments determined for spans
supports. framing into a common support unless an
[Link]-Absolute sum of positive and average analysis is made to distribute the unbalanced
negative factored moments in each direction shall moment in accordance with stiffnesses of ad-
not be less than joining elements.

[Link] - Edge beams or edges of slab shall be

proportioned to resist in torsion their share of
exterior negative factored moments.

13.6.4 - Factored moments in column strips

[Link] -Where the transverse span of panels on [Link] -Column strips shall be porportioned to
either side of the center line of supports varies, P2 resist the following portions in percent of interior
in Eq. (13-3) shall be taken as the average of ad- negative factored moments:
jacent transverse spans.
[Link] -When the span adjacent and parallel to
an edge is being considered, the distance from
edge to panel center line shall be substituted for P,
in Eq. (13-3).
[Link] -Clear span ,P shall extend from face to Linear interpolations shall be made between
face of columns, capitals, brackets, or walls. values shown.
Value of ,P used in Eq. (13-3)
shall not be less than
0.65 PI. Circular or regular polygon shaped sup- [Link] -Column strips shall be proportioned to
ports shall be treated as square supports with the resist the following portions in percent of exterior
same area. negative factored moments:

13.6.3 - Negative and positive factored moments

[Link] - Negative factored moments shall be
located at face of rectangular supports. Circular or
regular polygon shaped supports shall be treated
as square supports with the same area.
[Link] - In an interior span, total static moment Linear interpolations shall be made between
M, shall be distributed as follows: values shown.
Negative factored moment . . . . . . . . . . . .0.65 [Link] -Where supports consist of columns or
Positive factored moment . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.35 walls extending for a distance equal to or greater
than 314 the span length P2 used to compute M,,
[Link] - I n an end span, total static moment M, negative moments shall be considered to be
shall be distributed as follows: uniformly distributed across P2.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link] - Column strips shall be proportioned to [Link] - Beams with (a,P,IP,) less than 1.0 may be
resist the following portions i n percent of positive proportioned to resist shear obtained by linear
factored moments: interpolation, assuming beams carry no load at
a=o.

[Link] - In addition to shears calculated ac-

cording t o Sections [Link] and [Link], beams
shall be proportioned t o resist shears caused by
factored loads applied directly on beams.
Linear interpolations shall be made between
values shown. [Link] -Slab shear strength may be computed
on the assumption that load is distributed to
[Link]- For slabs with beams between sup- supporting beams in accordance with Section
ports, the slab portion of column strips shall be [Link] or [Link]. Resistance t o total shear
proportioned to resist that portion of column strip occurring on a panel shall be provided.
moments not resisted by beams.
[Link] - Shear strength shall satisfy
13.6.5 - Factored moments in beams requirements o f Chapter. 11.
[Link] - Beams between supports shall be 13.6.9 - Factored moments in columns and walls
proportioned to resist 85 percent of column strip
moments if (CY~P,IP,) is equal t o or greater than 1.O. [Link] -Columns and walls built integrally with
a slab system shall resist moments caused by
[Link] - For values of (a,E,IP,) between 1.0 and factored loads on the slab system.
zero, proportion of column strip moments resisted
by beams shall be obtained by linear interpolation [Link] - At an interior support, supporting
between 85 and zero percent. elements above and below the slab shall resist the
moment specified by Eq. (13-4) in direct proportion
[Link] - In addition to moments calculated to their stiffnesses unless a general analysis is
according to Sections 13.6.5.1and [Link], beams made.
shall be proportioned to resist moments caused
by loads applied directly on beams.
13.6.6 - Factored moments in middle strips
[Link] -That portion of negative and positive
factored moments not resisted by column strips
shall be proportionately assigned to where w ; , P;, and P;, refer to shorter span.
corresponding half middle strips. 13.6.10 - Provisions for effects of pattern loadings
[Link] - Each middle strip shall be proportioned Where ratio /3, of dead load to live load i s less than
to resist the sum of the moments assigned to its 2, one of the following conditions shall be
t w o half middle strips. satisfied:
[Link] - A middle strip adjacent to and parallel (a) Sum of flexural stiffnesses of the columns
with an edge supported by a wall shall be above and below the slab shall be such that a,
proportioned to resist twice the moment assigned is not less than a,,, specified in Table 13.6.10.
t o the half middle strip corresponding to the first
row of interior supports. TABLE 13.6.10 - VALUES O F a,,,
13.6.7 - Modification of factored moments I I
Relative beam stiffness,
Aspect ratio
Negative and positive factored moments may be fia f2 4 0 0.5 1.0 2.0 4.0
modified by 10 percent provided the total static 2.0 0.5 - 2.0 0 0 0 0 0
moment for a panel in the direction considered is
not less than that required by Eq. (13-3).
13.6.8 - Factored shear in slab systems with
beams
[Link] - Beams with (CY,P,/P,) equal to or greater
than 1.0 shall be proportioned to resist shear
caused by factored loads on tributary areas
bounded by 45 deg lines drawn from the corners
of the panels and the center lines of the adjacent
panels parallel t o the long sides.

ACI STANDARD
 (b) If a, for the columns above and below the [Link]-Variation in moment of inertia along
slab is less than ,,a, specified in Table 13.6.10, axis of slab-beams shall be taken into account.
positive factored moments in panels supported
[Link] - Moment of inertia of slab-beams from
by such columns shall be multiplied by the
center of column to face of column, bracket, or
coefficient 6, determined from Eq. (13-5).
capital shall be assumed equal to the moment of
inertia of the slab-beam at face of column,
bracket, or capital divided by the quantity (1 -
c,l~~ ) ~ c, and P2 are measured transverse to
where
the direction of the span for which moments are
where pa is ratio of dead load to live load, per unit
being determined.
area(in each case without load factors).

13.7 - Equivalent frame method 13.7.4 - Equivalent columns

[Link] - A n equivalent column shall be assumed
13.7.1 - Design of slab systems by the Equivalent t o consist of the actual columns above and below
Frame Method shall be based on assumptions the slab-beam plus an attached torsional member
given in Sections 13.7.2 through 13.7.6, and all
(Section 13.7.5) transverse to the direction of the
sections of slabs and supporting members shall span for which moments are being determined
be proportioned for moments and shears thus and extending to bounding lateral panel center
obtained. lines on each side of column.
[Link] -Where metal column capitals are used, [Link] - Flexibility (inverse of stiffness) of an
account may be taken of their contributions to equivalent column shall be taken as the sum of
stiffness and resistance to moment and to shear. the flexibilities of the actual columns above and
[Link] -Change in length of columns and slabs below the slab-beam and the flexibility of the
due to direct stress, and deflections due to shear, attached torsional member as expressed by Eq.
may be neglected. (13-6).

13.7.2 - Equivalent frame

[Link] -The structure shall be considered to be
made up of equivalent frames on column lines
taken longitudinally and transversely through the [Link]- In computing stiffness of columns Kc,
building. moment of inertia of columns at any cross section
[Link] - Each frame shall consist of a row of outside of joints or column capitals may be based
equivalent columns or supports and slab-beam on the gross area of concrete.
strips, bounded laterally by the center line of [Link] - Variation in moment of inertia along
panel on each side of the center line of columns or axis of columns shall be taken into account.
supports.
[Link] - Moment of inertia of columns shall be
[Link] - Frames adjacent and parallel to an edge assumed infinite from top to bottom of the slab-
shall be bounded by that edge and the center line beam at a joint.
of adjacent panel.
[Link] - Each equivalent frame may be analyzed 13.7.5 - Attached torsional members
in its entirety, or for vertical loading, each floor
and the roof (slab-beams) may be analyzed [Link] - Attached torsional members shall be
separately with far ends of columns considered assumed to have a constant cross section
fixed. throughout their length consisting of the larger of

[Link] - Where slab-beams are analyzed (a) A portion of slab having a width equal to that
separately, it may be assumed in determining of the column, bracket, or capital in the
moment at a given support that the slab-beam is direction of the span for which moments are
fixed at any support two panels distant therefrom, being determined.
provided the slab continues beyond that point. (b) For monolithic or fully composite con-
struction, the portion of slab specified in (a)
plus that part of the transverse beam above and
below the slab.
[Link] - Moment of inertia of slab-beams at any
cross section outside of joints or column capitals (c) Transverse beam as defined in Section
may be based on the gross area of concrete. 13.2.4.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

[Link] - Stiffness K t of an attached torsional a support may be assumed to occur with 314 the
member shall be calculated by the following full live load on adjacent panels only.
expression:
[Link] - Factored moments shall not be taken
less than those occurring with full factored live
load on all panels.
13.7.7 - Factored moments
[Link] - A t interior supports, critical section for
where c, and P, relate to the transverse spans on negative factored moment (in both column and
each side of column. middle strips) shall be taken at face of rectilinear
supports, but not greater than 0.175 P, from center
[Link]-The constant C in Eq. (13-7) may be
evaluated for the cross section by dividing it into of a column.
separate rectangular parts and carrying out the [Link] - At exterior supports provided with
following summation: brackets or capitals, critical section for negative
factored moment in the span perpendicular to an
edge shall be taken at a distance from face of
supporting element not greater than 112 the
projection of bracket or capital beyond face of
[Link] - Where beams frame into columns in the supporting element.
direction of the span for which moments are being
[Link] - Circular or regular polygon shaped
determined, value of K, as computed by Eq. (13-7)
supports shall be treated as square supports with
shall be multiplied by the ratio of moment of
the same area for location of critical section for
inertia of slab with such beam to moment of
negative design moment.
inertia of slab without such beam.
[Link] -Slab systems within limitations of
13.7.6 - Arrangement of live load Section 13.6.1, when analyzed by the Equivalent
[Link] -When loading pattern is known, the Frame Method, may have resulting computed
equivalent frame shall be analyzed for that load. moments reduced in such proportion that the
absolute sum of the positive and average negative
[Link] -When live load is variable but does not moments used in design need not exceed the
exceed 314 the dead load, or the nature of live load value obtained from Eq. (13-3).
is such that all panels will be loaded simul-
taneously, maximum factored moments may be [Link] - Moments at critical sections across the
assumed to occur at all sections with full factored slab-beam strip of each frame may be distributed
live load on entire slab system. to column strips, beams, and middle strips as
provided in Sections 13.6.4, 13.6.5, and 13.6.6 if
[Link] - For loading conditions other than those the requirement of Section [Link] is satisfied.
defined in Sections [Link], maximum positive
factored moment near midspan of a panel may be [Link] - Moments determined for the equivalent
assumed to occur with 314 the full factored live columns in the frame analysis shall be used in
load on the panel and on alternate panels; and design of the actual columns above and below the
maximum negative factored moment in the slab at slab-beams.

ACI STANDARD
CHAPTER 14 - WALLS in. Bearing walls of two-story dwellings may be 6
in. thick for total wall height, provided the fac-
14.0 - Notation tored axial load P, does not exceed the design
axial load strength 4 Pnwcomputed by Eq. (14-1).
A, =grossareaofsection,sqin.
14.2.7 - Exterior basement walls, foundation
f: = specified compressive strength of con-
crete, psi walls, fire walls, and party walls shall not be less
h = overall thickness of member, in. than 8 in. thick.
gc = vertical distance between supports, in. 14.2.8 - Overall thickness of panel and enclosure
Pnw = nominal axial load strength of wall walls shall not be less than 4 in., nor less than 1130
designed by Section 14.2 the distance between supporting or enclosing
4 = strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3 members.
14.1 - Structural design 14.2.9 - Walls shall be anchored to floors, roofs, or
14.1.1 -Walls shall be designed for any lateral or to columns, pilasters, buttresses, and in-
other loads to which they are subjected. tersecting walls.

14.1.2 - Proper provisions shall be made for ec- 14.2.10 - Area of horizontal reinforcement shall
centric loads and lateral forces. not be less than 0.0025 times gross area of wall.
For reinforcement with specified yield strength of
14.1.3-Unless designed in accordance with 60,000 psi or greater, and not larger than #5 bar or
Section 14.2, walls subject to combined flexure W31 or 031 welded wire fabric, reinforcement
and axial loads shall be designed under the ratio may be reduced to 0.0020.
provisions of Section 10.15.
14.2.1 1 - Area of vertical reinforcement shall not
14.2 - Empirical design method be less than 0.0015 times gross area of wall. For
reinforcement with specified yield strength of
14.2.1 -Walls may be designed by the empirical
60,000 psi or greater, and not larger than #5 bar or
provisions of Section 14.2 if resultant of the
W31 or 031 welded wire fabric, reinforcement
factored axial load is located within the middle-
ratio may be reduced to 0.0012.
third of the overall thickness of wall and all limits
of Section 14.2 are satisfied, except as provided 14.2.12 -Walls greater than 10 in. thick, except
by Sect ion 14.2.2. basement walls, shall have reinforcement for each
direction placed in two layers parallel with faces
14.2.2 - Limits of thickness and quantity of
of wall in accordance with the following:
reinforcement required by Section 14.2 may be
waived where structural analysis shows adequate (a) One layer consisting of not less than one-
strength and stability. half and not more than two-thirds the total
reinforcement required ior each direction shall
14.2.3 - Design axial load strength 4 Pnwof a wall
be placed not less than 2 in. nor more than 113
within limitations of Section 14.2.1 shall be
the thickness of wall from exterior surface.
computed by
(b) The other layer, consisting of the balance of
required reinforcement in that direction, shall
be placed not less than 314 in. nor more than 113
the thickness of wall from interior surface.
where 4 = 0.70
(c) Bars, if used, shall not be less than #3 and
14.2.4 - Length of wall to be considered as ef- spaced not more than 18 in. on centers. Welded
fective for each concentrated load or reaction wire fabric, if used, shall be in flat sheet form.
shall not exceed center-to-center distance bet-
14.2.13-In addition to the minimum rein-
ween loads, nor width of bearing plus 4 times the
forcement required by Sections 14.2.10 and
wall thickness.
14.2.11, not less than two #5 bars shall be
14.2.5 - Overall thickness of bearing walls shall provided around all (window or door) openings.
not be less than 1125 the unsupported height or Such bars shall extend at least 24 in. beyond the
width, whichever is shorter. corners of openings.
14.2.6- Bearing walls shall not be less than 6 in. 14.2.14- Where bearing walls consist of studs or
thick for uppermost 15 ft of wall height; and for ribs tied together by other reinforced concrete
each successive 25 ft downward (or fraction members at each floor or roof level, such studs or
thereof), minimum thickness shall be increased 1 ribs may be considered as columns.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS 63

 14.3 - Walls as grade beams tions 10.2 through 10.7. Design for shear shall be
in accordance with provisions of Chapter 11.
14.3.1 - Walls designed as grade beams shall have 14.3.2 - Portions of grade beam walls exposed
top and bottom reinforcement as required for above grade also shall meet requirements of
moment in accordance with provisions of Sec- Section 10.15 or Section 14.2.

CHAPTER 15 - FOOTINGS 15.4 - Moment in footings

15.0 - Notation 15.4.1 - External moment on any section of a
footing shall be determined by passing a vertical
d , = diameter of pile at footing base plane through the footing, and computing the
fi; =square root of specified compressive moment of the forces acting over entire area of
strength of concrete, psi footing on one side of that vertical plane.
/3 = ratio of long side to short side of footing 15.4.2 - Maximum factored moment for an
= strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3
isolated footing shall be computed as prescribed
15.1 - Scope in Section 15.4.1 at critical sections located as
follows:
15.1.1 - Provisions of Chapter 15 shall apply for
design of isolated footings and, where applicable, (a) At face of column, pedestal, or wall, for
to combined footings and mats. footings supporting a concrete column,
pedestal, or wall.
15.1.2 - Additional requirements for design of
combined footings and mats are given in Section (b) Halfway between middle and edge of wall,
15.10. for footings supporting a masonry wall.
15.2 - Loads and reactions (c) Halfway between face of column and edge
of steel base plate, for footings supporting a
15.2.1 - Footings shall be proportioned to resist column with steel base plate.
the factored loads and induced reactions, in
accordance with the appropriate design 15.4.3 - In one-way footings, and two-way square
requirements of this code and as provided in footings, reinforcement shall be distributed
Chapter 15. uniformly across entire width of footing.
15.2.2 - External forces and moments* applied to 15.4.4- In two-way rectangular footings, rein-
footings shall be transferred to supporting soil forcement shall be distributed as follows:
without exceeding permissible soil pressures.
(a) Reinforcement in long direction shall be
15.2.3 - For footings on piles, computations for distributed uniformly across entire width of
moments and shears may be based on the footing.
assumption that the reaction from any pile is
(b) For reinforcement in short direction, a
concentrated at pile center.
portion of the total reinforcement given by Eq.
15.2.4 - Base area of footing or number and (15-1)shall be distributed uniformly over a band
arrangement of piles shall be determined from the width (centered on center line of column or
external forces and moments* (transmitted by pedestal) equal to the length of short side of
footing to soil or piles) and permissible soil footing. Remainder of reinforcement required in
pressure or permissible pile capacity selected short direction shall be distributed uniformly
through principles of soil mechanics. outside center band width of footing:
15.3 - regular
Footings supporting circular or
polygon shaped columns Reinforcement in
or pedestals band width 3
L

Total reinforcement = -
Circular or regular polygon shaped concrete
in short direction
( P + 1)
columns or pedestals may be treated as square
members with the same area for location of
critical sections for moment, shear, and 'External forces and moments are those resultmg from unfactored loads (0, L, W .
and E) specified In the general build~ngcode of whlch these requirements form a
development of reinforcement in footings. part

ACI STANDARD
15.5 - Shear in footings supporting pedestal or footing by bearing on
concrete and by reinforcement. If required loading
15.5.1 -Computation of shear in footings shall be conditions include uplift, the total tensile force
in accordance with Section 11.11. shall be resisted by reinforcement.
15.5.2 - Location of critical section for shear in 15.8.2-Lateral forces shall be transferred to
accordance with Chapter 11 shall be measured footings by shear keys, or other means.
from face of column, pedestal, or wall, for
footings supporting a column, pedestal, or wall. 15.8.3 -Bearing on concrete at contact surface
For footings supporting a column or pedestal with between supporting and supported member shall
steel base plates, the critical section shall be not exceed concrete bearing strength for either
measured from location defined in Section surface as given in Section 10.16.
15.4.2(c).
15.8.4 - Reinforcement shall be provided across
15.5.3 - Computation of shear on any section interface between supporting and supported
through a footing supported on piles shall be in member either by extending longitudinal bars into
accordance with the following: supporting member, or by dowels.
(a) Entire reaction from any pile whose center [Link] - Reinforcement across interface shall be
is located dp12 or more outside [Link] section shall sufficient to satisfy both of the following:
be considered as producing shear on that
section. (a) Reinforcement shall be provided to transfer
all force that exceeds concrete bearing strength
(b) Reaction from any pile whose center is in supporting or supported member.
located dp12 or more inside the section shall be
considered as producing no shear on that (b) Area of reinforcement shall not be less than
0.005 times gross area of supported member,
sect ion.
with a minimum of 4 bars.
(c) For intermediate positions of pile center,
the portion of the pile reaction to be considered [Link] - Diameter of dowels, if used, shall not
as producing shear on the section shall be exceed diameter of longitudinal bars by more than
based on straight-line interpolation between 0.15 in.
full value at dp12 outside the section and zero 15.8.5 - For transfer of force by reinforcement,
value at d,12 inside the section. development of reinforcement in supporting and
15.6 - Development of reinforcement in supported member shall be in accordance with
Chapter 12.
footings
15.6.1 -Computation of development of rein- 15.8.6 - At footings, #14 and #18 longitudinal bars,
forcement in footings shall be in accordance with in compression only, may be lap spliced with
Chapter 12. footing dowels to provide the required area, but
not less than that required by Section 15.8.4.
15.6.2 - Calculated tension or compression in Dowels shall not be larger than #11 and shall
reinforcement at each section shall be developed extend into the column a distance not less than
on each side of that section by proper embedment the development length of the #14 or #18 bars or
length, end anchorage, hooks (tension only), or the splice length of the dowels, whichever, is
combinations thereof. greater; and into the lootirig a distance not less
than the development length of the dowels.
15.6.3-Critical sections for development of
reinforcement shall be assumed at the same
locations as defined in Section 15.4.2 for 15.9 - Sloped or stepped footings
maximum factored moment, and at all other
15.9.1 - I n sloped or stepped footings, angle of
vertical planes where changes of section or
slope or depth and location of steps shall be such
reinforcement occur. See also Section 12.11.6.
that design requirements are satisfied at every
15.7 - Minimum footing depth section.
Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement 15.9.2 -Sloped or stepped footings designed as a
shall not be less than 6 in. for footings on soil, nor unit shall be constructed to assure action as a
less than 12 in. for footings on piles. unit.
15.8 - Transfer of force at base of column 15.10 - Combined footings and mats
or reinforced pedestal
15.10.1 - Footings supporting more than one
15.8.1 - All forces and moments applied at base of column, pedestal, or wall (combined footings or
column or pedestal shall be transferred to top of mats) shall be proportioned to resist tl-,a factored

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

loads and induced reactions, in accordance with Flexure - extreme fiber stress
appropriate design requirements of this code. in tension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 q h q
15.10.2 - The Direct Design Method of Chapter 13 Shear - Beam action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24fi;
shall not be used for design of combined footings - Two-way action . . . . . . . . . . . . 44fi;
and mats.
15.10.3 - Distribution of soil pressure under 15.1 1.2 -
Maximum compressive stress n plain
combined footings and mats shall be consistent concrete pedestals shall not exceed c mcrete
with properties of the soil and the structure and bearing strength as given in Section 10.16.
with established principles of soil mechanics. Where concrete bearing strength is exceeded,
reinforcement shall be provided and the pedes-
15.11 - Plain concrete pedestals and tal designed as a reinforced concrete member.
footings
15.11.3- Plain concrete shall not be used for
footings on piles.
15.11.1 - Design stresses in plain concrete
pedestals and footings on soil shall not exceed 15.11.4 - Depth of plain concrete footings shall
the following: not be less than 8 in.

CHAPTER 16 - PRECAST CONCRETE

16.1 - Scope 16.3.2 - Where precast panels are designed to
span horizontally to columns or isolated footings,
16.1.1 - Provisions of Chapter 16 shall apply only the :atio of height to thickness shall not be
for design of precast concrete members limited, provided the effect of deep beam action,
manufactured under plant controlled conditions. lateral buckling, and deflections are provided for
16.1.2 - All provisions of this code shall apply to in the design. See Section 10.7
precast concrete members, except as specifically
modified in Chapter 16.
16.2 - Design 16.4 - Details
16.4.1 - All details of reinforcement, connections,
16.2.1 - Design of precast members shall con-
bearing seats, inserts, anchors, concrete cover,
sider all loading and restraint conditions from
openings, lifting devices, fabrication, and erection
initial fabrication to completion of the structure,
tolerances shall be shown on the shop drawings.
including form removal, storage, transportation,
and erection. 16.4.2 - When approved by the Engineer, sm-
bedded items (such as dowels or inserts) that
16.2.2- In precast construction that does not
either protrude from concrete or remain exposed
behave monolithically, effects at all in-
for inspection may be embedded while concrete
terconnected and adjoining details shall be
is in a plastic state provided:
considered to assure proper performance of the
structural system. (a) Embedded items are not required to be
hooked or tied to reinforcement within plastic
16.2.3 - Effects of initial and long-time deflections
concrete,
shall be considered, including effects on in-
terconnected elements. (b) Embedded items are maintained in correct
position while concrete remains plastic, and
16.2.4 - Design of joints and bearings shall in-
clude effects of all forces to be transmitted, in- (c) Embedded items are properly anchored to
cluding shrinkage, creep, temperature, elastic develop required factored loads.
deformation, wind, and earthquake.
16.2.5 - All details shall be designed to provide for
manu fact uring and erect ion tolerances and 16.5 - Identification and marking
temporary erection stresses.
16.5.1 - Each precast member or element shall be
16.3 - Precast wall panels marked to indicate location in the structure, top
surface, and date of fabrication.
16.3.1 - Precast bearing and nonbearing walls
shall be designed in accordance with provisions 16.5.2 - ldentif ication marks shall correspond to
of Section 10.15 or Chapter 14. the placing plans.

ACI STANDARD
16.6 - Transportation, storage, and damaged or have camber adversely affected.
erection
16.6.2 - Precast members shall be adequately
16.6.1 - During curing, form removal, storage, braced and supported during erection to insure
transportat ion, and erect ion, precast members proper alignment and structural integrity until
shall not be overstressed, warped, or otherwise permanent connections are completed.

CHAPTER 17 - COMPOSITE CONCRETE FLEXURAL MEMBERS

17.0 - Notation 17.3 - Shoring
A, = area of contact surface being investigated for When used, shoring shall not be removed until
horizontal shear, sq. in. supported elements have developed design
b, =width of cross section at contact surface properties required to support all loads and limit
being investigated for horizontal shear deflect ions and cracking at time of shoring
d = distance from extreme compression fiber removal.
to centroid of tension reinforcement for
entire composite section, in.
V,, = nominal horizontal shear sbength 17.4 - Vertical shear strength
V, = factored shear force at sect ion 17.4.1 - When an entire composite member is
= strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3 assumed to resist vertical shear, design shall be
17.1 - Scope in accordance with requirements of Chapter 11 as
for a monolithically cast member of the same
17.1.1 - Provisions of Chapter 17 shall apply for cross-sectional shape.
design of composite concrete flexural members
defined as precast andlor cast-in-place concrete 17.4.2 - Shear reinforcement shall be fully an-
elements constructed in separate placements but chored into interconnected elements in ac-
so interconnected that all elements respond to cordance with Sect ion 12.14.
loads as a unit. 17.4.3 - Extended and anchored shear rein-
17.1.2 - A l l provisions of this code shall apply to forcement may be included as ties for horizontal
composite concrete flexural members, except as shear.
specifically modified in Chapter 17.
17.5 - Horizontal shear strength
17.2 - General
17.5.1 - In a composite member, full transfer of
17.2.1 - An entire composite member or portions
horizontal shear forces shall be assured at con-
thereof may be used in resisting shear and tact surfaces of interconnected elements.
moment.
17.5.2- Full transfer of horizontal shear forces
17.2.2 - Individual elements shall be investigated
may be assumed when all of the following are
for all crit ical stages of loading.
satisfied:
17.2.3 - If the specified strength, unit weight, or
(a) Contact surfaces are clean, free of laitance,
other properties of the various elements are and intentionally roughened to a full amplitude
different, properties of the individual elements or of approximately 114 in.,
the most critical values, shall be used in design.
(b) Minimum ties are provided in accordance
17.2.4 - In strength computations of composite with Section 17.6,
members, no distinction shall be made between
shored and unshored members. (c) Web members are designed to resist total
vertical shear, and
17.2.5 - All elements shall be designed to support
all loads introduced prior to full development of (d) All shear reinforcement is fully anchored
design strength of composite members. into all interconnected elements.
17.2.6 - Reinforcement shall be provided as 17.5.3 - If all requirements of Section 17.5.2 are
required to control cracking and to prevent not satisfied, horizontal shear shall be in-
separation of individual elements of composite vestigated in accordance with Section 17.5.4 or
members. 17.5.5.
17.2.7 - Composite members shall meet 17.5.4 - Unless calculated in accordance with
requirements for control of deflections in ac- Section 17.55, design of cross sections subject
cordance with Section 9.5.5. to horizontal shear shall be based on
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
 V" 5 rbv,, (17-1) in any segment, and provisions made to transfer
that force as horizontal shear to the supporting
where V, is factored shear force at section
element. The factored horizontal shear force shall
considered and Vnh is nominal horizontal shear
not exceed horizontal shear strength t$Vnh as
strength in accordance with the following.
given in Sections [Link] and [Link], where area
[Link] - When contact surfaces are clean, free of of contact surface A, shall be substituted for bvd.
laitance, and intentionally roughened, shear 17.5.6 -When tension exists across any contact
strength Vnh shall not be taken greater than 80
surface between interconnected elements, shear
bvd. transfer by contact may be assumed only when
[Link] - When minimum ties are provided in minimum ties are provided in accordance with
accordance with Section 17.6, and contact sur- Sect ion 17.6.
faces are clean and free of laitance, but not in-
tent ionally roughened, shear strength Vnh shall
not be taken greater than 80 bvd. 17.6 - Ties for horizontal shear
[Link] - When minimum ties are provided in 17.6.1 - When ties are provided to transfer
accordance with Section 17.6, and contact sur- horizontal shear, tie area shall not be less than
faces are clean, free of laitance, and intentionally that required by Section 1155.3, and tie spacing
roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 114 shall not exceed 4 times the least dimension of
in., shear strength Vnh shall not be taken greater supported element, nor 24 in.
than 350 b,d.
17.6.2- Ties for horizontal shear may consist of
[Link] -When factored shear force V, at section single bars or wire, multiple leg stirrups, or ver-
considered exceeds t$(350bvd), design for tical legs of welded wire fabric (smooth or
horizontal shear shall be in accordance with deformed).
Sect ion 11.7.
17.6.3 -All ties shall be fully anchored into in-
17.5.5 - Horizontal shear may be investigated by terconnected elements in accordance with
com put ing the actual compressive or tensile force Sect ion 12.14.

CHAPTER 18 - PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

=compressive strength of concrete
18.0 - Notation at time of initial prestress, psi
A = area of that part of cross section = square root of compressive
between flexural tension face and strength of concrete at time of
center of gravity of gross section, initial prestress, psi
sq in. = average compressive stress in
Ac =area of concrete at cross section concrete due to effective prestress
considered, sq in. force only (after allowance for all
APS = area of prestressed reinforcement prestress losses), psi
in tension zone, sq in.
= stress i n prestressed rein-
As =area of nonprestressed tension forcement at nominal strength, psi
reinforcement, sq in.
=specified tensile strength of
AI =area of compression rein-
forcement, sq in. prestressing tendons, psi
b =width of compression face of = specified yield strength of
member, in. prestressing tendons, psi
d = distance from extreme com- = modulus of rupture of concrete, psi
pression fiber to centroid of = effective stress in prestressed
prestressed reinforcement, or to reinforcement, (after allowance for
combined centroid when non- all prestress losses), psi
prestressed tension reinforcement =specified yield strength of non-
is included, in. prestressed reinforcement, psi
=dead loads, or related internal
moments and forces
= overall thickness of member, in.
= base of Napierian logarithms = wobble friction coefficient per foot
= specified compressive strength of of prestressing tendon
concrete, psi =length of prestressing tendon
=square root of specified com- element from jacking end to any
pressive strength of concrete, psi point x, ft. See Eq. (18-1)and (18-2)
ACI STANDARD
 = length of span of two-way flat conditions at all load stages that may be critical
plates in direction parallel t o that during the life of the structure from the time
of the reinforcement being prestress is first applied.
determined, in. See Eq. (18-7)
= live loads, or related internal 18.2.3 - Stress concentrations due to prestressing
moments and forces shall be considered in design.
=tensile force in concrete due to 18.2.4 - Provisions shall be made for effects on
unfactored dead load plus live load adjoining construction of elastic and plastic
(D + L) deformations, deflections, changes in length, and
= prestressing tendon force at rotations due to prestressing. Effects of tem-
jacking end perature and shrinkage shall also be included.
=prestressing tendon force at any
point x 18.2.5 - Possibility of buckling in a member
=total angular change of between points where concrete and prestressing
prestressing tendon profile in tendons are in contact and of buckling in thin
radians from tendon jacking end to webs and flanges shall be considered.
any point x 18.2.6 - In computing section properties prior to
= curvature friction coefficient bonding of prestressing tendons, effect of loss of
= ratio of nonprestressed tension area due to open ducts shall be considered.
reinforcement
= AJbd
= ratio of compression rein- 18.3 - Design assumptions
forcement 18.3.1 - Strength design of prestressed members
=Al/bd for flexure and axial loads shall be based on
= ratio of prestressed reinforcement assumptions given in Section 10.2, except Section
= Aps/bd 10.2.4 shall apply only to reinforcement con-
= strength reduction factor. See forming to Section 3.5.3.
Sect ion 9.3
=pfy/f: 18.3.2 - For investigation of stresses at transfer of
=p'f,/fh prestress, at service loads, and at cracking loads,
= ~pfp,/f; straight-line theory may be used with the
= reinforcement indices for flanged following assumptions.
sections computed as for W, LO, [Link] - Strains vary linearly with depth through
and a ' except that b shall be the
entire load range.
web width, and reinforcement area
shall be that required to develop [Link] - At cracked sections, concrete resists no
compressive strength of web only tension.

18.1 - Scope 18.4 - Permissible stresses in concrete -

Flexural members
18.1.1 - Provisions of Chapter 18 shall apply to
members prestressed with wire, strands, or bars 18.4.1 - Stresses in concrete immediately after
conforming to provisions for prestressing ten- prestress transfer (before time-dependent
dons in Section 3.5.5. prestress losses) shall not exceed the following:

18.1.2 - All provisions of this code not specifically (a) Extreme fiber stress in
excluded, and not in conflict with provisions of compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.60 f,,'
Chapter 18, shall apply to prestressed concrete. (b) Extreme fiber stress in
18.1.3 - The following provisions of this code tension except as permitted in
shall not apply to prestressed concrete, except as (c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 a,:-
specifically noted: Sections 8.4, 8.10.2, 8.10.3, (c) Extreme fiber stress in
8.10.4, 8.11, 10.3.2, 10.3.3, 10.5, 10.6, 10.9.1, 10.9.2; tension at ends of simply
and Chapters 13 and 14. supported members . . . . . . . . . . 6 dfi:

18.2 - General Where computed tensile stresses exceed these

values, bonded auxiliary reinforcement (non-
18.2.1 - Prestressed members shall meet the
strength requirements specified in this code. prestressed or prestressed) shall be provided in
the tensile zone t o resist the total tensile force in
18.2.2 - Design of prestressed members shall be concrete computed with the assumption of an
based on strength and on behavior at service uncracked section.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

18.4.2 - Stresses in concrete at service loads (d) Shrinkage of concrete
(after allowance for all prestress losses) shall not
(e) Relaxation of tendon stress
exceed the following:
(f) Friction loss due to intended or unintended
(a) Extreme fiber stress in
curvature in post-tensioning tendons.
compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.45 fd
(b) Extreme fiber stress in
18.6.2 - Friction loss in post-tensioningtendons
tension i n precompressed [Link] - Effect of friction loss in post-tensioning
tensile zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 fi: tendons shall be computed by
(c) Extreme fiber stress in
tension in precompressed
tensile zone of members (except
When ( K t + p ~ ) is not greater than 0.3, effect of
two-way slab systems) where
friction loss may be computed by
analysis based on transformed
cracked sections and on bilinear
moment-def Iection relation-
ships show that immediate and
[Link] - Friction loss shall be based on ex-
long-time deflections comply
with requirements of Section perimentally determined wobble K and curvature p
9.5.4, and where cover friction coefficients, and shall be verified during
requirements comply with tendon stressing operations.
Section [Link] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Link] - Values of wobble and curvature coef-
ficients used in design, and acceptable ranges of
18.4.3 - Permissible stresses in concrete of
tendon jacking forces and tendon elongations
Section 18.4.1 and 18.4.2 may be exceeded if
shall be shown on design drawings.
shown by test or analysis that performance will
not be impaired. 18.6.3 - Where loss of prestress in a member may
occur due to connection of member to adjoining
18.5 - Permissible stresses in construction, such loss of prestress shall be
allowed for in design.
prestressing tendons
18.5.1 - Tensile stress in prestressing tendons 18.7 - Flexural strength
shall not exceed the following: -
18.7.1 Design moment streogth of flexural
(a) Due to tendon jacking force. . . . . 0.80 ,f or members shall be computed by the strength
0.94 ,f design methods of this code. For prestressing
whichever is smaller, but not tendons, ,f shall be substituted for f, in strength
greater than maximum value computations.
recommended by the 18.7.2 - In lieu of a more accurate determination
manufacturer of the of ,f based on strain compatibility, the following
prestressing tendons or an- approximate values of ,f shall be used if ,f is not
chorages. less than 0.5 ,f .
(b) Pretensioning tendons (a) For members with bonded prestressing
immediately after prestress tendons:
transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70fp,
(c) Post-tensioning tendons
immediately after tendon an-
chorage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.70 ,f (b) For members with unbonded prestressing
tendons:
18.6 - Loss of prestress
-
18.6.1 To determine effective prestress ,f
allowance for the following sources of loss of
prestress shall be considered: but ,f in Eq. (18-4)shall not be taken greater than
(a) Anchorage seating loss ,f nor (f,, +
60,000).

(b) Elastic shortening of concrete 18.7.3 - Nonprest ressed reinforcement con-

forming to Section 3.5.3, if used with prestressing
(c) Creep of concrete tendons, may be considered to contribute to the

ACI STANDARD
tensile force and may be included in moment exceeds 2 f i g , minimum area of bonded rein-
strength computations at a stress equal to the forcement shall be computed by
specified yield strength f,. Other nonprestressed
reinforcement may be included in strength
computations only if a strain compatibility
analysis is made to determine stresses in such
reinforcement. where design yield strength f , shall not exceed
60,000 psi. Bonded reinforcement shall be
18.8 - Limits for reinforcement of flexural uniformly distributed over precompressed tensile
members zone as close as practicable to extreme tension
fiber.
18.8.1 - Ratio of prestressed and nonprestressed
reinforcement used for computation of moment [Link] - In negative moment areas at column
strength of a member, except as provided in supports, minimum area of bonded reinforcement
+
Section 18.8.2, shall be such that up,(a u,, - a '), in each direction shall be computed by
or (a, +a,, -a;) is not greater than 0.30.
18.8.2 - When a reinforcement ratio in excess of
that specified in Section 18.8.1 is provided, design where P is length of span in direction parallel to
moment strength shall not exceed the moment that of the reinforcement being determined.
strength based on the compression portion of the Bonded reinforcement required by Eq. (18-7) shall
moment couple. be distributed within a slab width between lines
that are 1.5h outside opposite faces of the column
18.8.3 -Total amount of prestressed and non-
support. At least 4 bars or wires shall be provided
prestressed reinforcement shall be adequate to
in each direction. Spacing of bonded rein-
develop a factored load at least 1.2 times the
forcement shall not exceed 12 in.
cracking load computed on the basis of the
modulus of rupture f , specified in Section [Link]. 18.9.4 - Minimum length of bonded reinforcement
required by Sections 18.9.2 and 18.9.3 shall be as
18.9 - Minimum bonded reinforcement follows.
18.9.1 - A minimum area of bonded reinforcement [Link] - In positive moment areas, minimum
shall be provided in all flexural members with length of bonded reinforcement shall be 113 the
unbonded prestressing tendons as required by clear span length and centered in positive
Sections 18.9.2 and 18.9.3. moment area.
18.9.2 - Except as provided in Section 18.9.3, [Link] - In negative moment areas, bonded
miminum area of bonded reinforcement shall be reinforcement shall extend 116 the clear span on
computed by each side of support.
[Link] - Where bonded reinforcement is
provided for design moment strength in ac-
cordance with Section 18.7.3, or for tensile stress
[Link] - Bonded reinforcement required by Eq.
conditions in accordance with Section [Link],
(18-5) shall be uniformly distributed over
minimum length also shall conform to provisions
precompressed tensile zone as close as prac-
of Chapter 12.
t icable to extreme tension fiber.
[Link] - Bonded reinforcement shall be required
regardless of service load stress conditions. 18.10 - Frames and continuous con-
struct ion
18.9.3 - For two-way flat plates, defined as solid
slabs of uniform thickness, minimum area and 18.10.1 - Frames and continuous construction of
distribution of bonded reinforcement shall be as prestressed concrete shall be designed for
follows. satisfactory performance at service. load con-
ditions and for adequate strength.
[Link]-Bonded reinforcement shall not be
required in positive moment areas where com- 18.10.2 - Performance at service load conditions
puted tensile stress in concrete at service load shall be determined by elastic analysis, con-
(after allowance for all prestress losses) does not sidering reactions, moments, shears, and axial
exceed 2 f i g . forces produced by prestressing, creep,
shrinkage, temperature change, axial defor-
[Link] - In positive moment areas where com- mation, restraint of attached structural elements,
puted tensile stress in concrete at service load and foundation settlement.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
18.10.3 - Moments to be used to compute (c) Ties shall be located vertically not more
required strength shall be the sum of the than half a tie spacing above top of footing or
moments due to reactions induced by slab in any story, and shall be spaced as
prestressing (with a load factor of 1.0) and the provided herein to not more than half a tie
moments due to factored loads including spacing below lowest horizontal reinforcement
redistribution as permitted in Section 18.10.4. in members supported above.
18.10.4 - Redistribution of negative moments due (d) Where beams or brackets frame into all
to gravity loads in continuous pre- sides of a column, ties may be terminated not
stressed flexural members more than 3 in. below lowest reinforcement in
such beams or brackets.
[Link] - Where bonded reinforcement is
provided at supports in accordance with Section 18.1 1.2.3 - For walls with average prestress f,,
18.9.2, negative moments calculated by elastic equal to or greater than 225 psi, minimum rein-
theory for any assumed loading arrangement, may forcement required by Section 10.15 may be
be increased or decreased by not more than waived where structural analysis shows adequate
strength and stability.
20(1 -
O+op-0'

0.30
) percent 18.12 - Slab systems
18.12.1 - Prestressed slab systems reinforced for
[Link] - The modified negative moments shall flexure in more than one direction may be
be used for calculating moments at sections designed by any procedure satisfying conditions
within spans for the same loading arrangement. of equilibrium and geometric compatibility.
Column stiffnesses, rigidity of slab-column
[Link] - Redistribution of negative moments
connections, and effects of prestressing in ac-
shall be made only when the section at which
cordance with Section 18.10 shall be considered
moment is reduced is so designed that a,,
in the analysis method.
(a + a, - a'), or (a, +apw-a:), whichever is ap-
plicable, is not greater than 0.20. 18.12.2 - Moment and shear coefficients used for
design of slab systems reinforced with non-
18.11 - Compression members - prestressed reinforcement shall not be applied for
prestressed slab systems.
Combined flexure and axial loads
18.1 1.1 - Prestressed concrete members subject 18.13 - Tendon anchorage zones
to combined flexure and axial load, with or 18.13.1 - Reinforcement shall be provided where
without nonprestressed reinforcement, shall be required in tendon anchorage zones to resist
proportioned by the strength design methods of bursting, splitting, and spalling forces induced by
this code for members without prestressing. tendon anchorages. Regions of abrupt change in
Effects of prestress, creep, shrinkage, and section shall be adequately reinforced.
temperature change shall be included.
18.13.2 - End blocks shall be provided where
18.11.2 - Limits for reinforcement of prestressed required for support bearing or for distribution of
compression members concent rated prestressing forces.
[Link] - Members with average prestress ,f 18.13.3 - Post-tensioning anchorages and sup-
less than 225 psi shall have minimum rein- porting concrete shall be designed to resist
forcement in accordance with Sections 7.10, maximum jacking force for strength of concrete at
10.9.1 and 10.9.2 for columns, or Section 10.15 for time of prestressing.
wal Is.
18.13.4 - Post-tensioning anchorage zones shall
[Link] - Except for walls, members with be designed to develop the guaranteed ultimate
average prestress ,f equal to or greater than 225 tensile strength of prestressing tendons using a
psi shall have all prestressing tendons enclosed +
strength reduction factor of 0.90 for concrete.
by spirals or lateral ties in accordance with the
following: 18.14 - Corrosion protection for un-
bonded prestressing tendons
(a) Spirals shall conform to Section 7.10.4.
18.14.1 - Unbonded tendons shall be completely
(b) Lateral ties shall be at least #3 in size or
coated with suitable material to ensure corrosion
welded wire fabric of equivalent area, and protection.
spaced vertically not to exceed 48 tie bar or wire
diameters, or least dimension of compression 18.14.2 - Tendon wrapping shall be continuous
member. over entire length to be unbonded, and shall
ACI STANDARD
prevent intrusion of cement paste or loss of [Link] -Water shall not be added to increase
coating materials during concrete placement. grout flowability that has been decreased by
delayed use of grout.
18.1 5 - Post-tensioning ducts
18.16.4 - Mixing and pumping grout
18.15.1 - Ducts for grouted or unbonded tendons
shall be mortar-tight and nonreactive with con- [Link] -Grout shall be mixed in equipment
crete, tendons, or filler material. capable of continuous mechanical mixing and
agitation that will produce uniform distribution of
18.15.2 - Ducts for grouted single wire, strand, or
materials, passed through screens, and pumped
bar tendons shall have an inside diameter at least
in a manner that will completely fill tendon ducts.
114 in. larger than tendon diameter.
[Link] - Temperature of members at time of
18.15.3 - Ducts for grouted multiple wire, strand,
grouting shall be above 35 F and shall be main-
or bar tendons shall have an inside cross-
sectional area at least 2 times area of tendons. tained above 35 F until field-cured 2-in. cubes of
grout reach a minimum compressive strength of
18.15.4 - Ducts shall be maintained free of water if 800 psi.
members to be grouted are exposed to tem-
[Link] - Grout temperatures shall not be above
peratures below freezing prior [Link].
90 F during mixing and pumping.

18.16 - Grout for bonded prestressing

tendons 18.17 - Protection for prestressing
tendons
18.16.1 -Grout shall consist of portland cement
and water; or portland cement, sand, and water. Burning or welding operations in vicinity of
prestressing tendons shall be carefully per-
18.16.2 - Materials for grout shall conform to the formed, so that tendons are not subject to ex-
following: cessive temperatures, welding sparks, or ground
(a) Portland cement shall conform to Section currents.
3.2.
(b) Water shall conform to Section 3.4. 18.18 - Application and measurement of
prestressing force
(c) Sand, i f used, shall conform to "Standard
Specifications for Aggregate for Masonry
Mortar" (ASTM C 144) except that gradation 18.18.1 - Prestressing force shall be determined
may be modified as necessary to obtain by both of the following methods:
satisfactory workability. (a) Measurement of tendon elongation.
(d) Admixtures conforming to Section 3.6 and Required elongation shall be determined from
known to have no injurious effects on grout, average load-elongation curves for prestressing
steel, or concrete may be used. Calcium tendons used.
chloride shall not be used. (b) Observation of jacking force on a calibrated
18.16.3 - Selection of grout proportions gage or load cell or by use of a calibrated
dynamometer.
[Link] - Proportions of materials for grout shall
be based on either of the following: Cause of any difference in force determination
between (a) and (b) that exceeds 5 percent shall be
(a) Results of tests on fresh and hardened grout ascertained and corrected.
prior to beginning grouting operations, or
18.18.2 - where transfer of force from bulkheads
(b) Prior documented experience with similar of pretensioning bed to concrete is accomplished
materials and equipment and under comparable by flame cutting prestressing tendons, cutting
field conditions. points and cutting sequence shall be predeter-
mined to avoid undesired temporary stresses.
[Link] -Cement used in the work shall
correspond to that on which selection of grout 18.18.3 - Long lengths of exposed pretensioned
proportions was based. strand shall be cut near the member to minimize
shock to concrete.
[Link] - Water content shall be minimum
necessary for proper pumping of grout; however, 18.18.4 - Total loss of prestress due to unreplaced
water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.45 by broken tendons shall not exceed 2 percent of total
weight. prestress.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
18.19 - Post-tensioning anchorages and the specified ultimate strength of the tendons
couplers shall be developed after tendons are bonded in
member.
18.19.1 - Anchorages for unbonded prestressing 18.19.3-Couplers shall be placed in areas ap-
tendons and couplers shall develop the specified proved by the Engineer and enclosed in housing
ultimate strength of the tendons without ex- long enough to permit necessary movements.
ceeding anticipated set.
18.19.4 - In unbonded construction subject to
repetitive loads, special attention shall be given to
18.19.2 - Anchorages for bonded prestressing the possibility of fatigue in anchorages and
tendons shall develop at least 90 percent of the couplers.
specified ultimate strength of the tendons, when
tested in an unbonded condition, without ex- 18.19.5 - Anchorage and end fittings shall be
ceeding anticipated set. However, 100 percent of permanently protected against corrosion.

CHAPTER 19 - SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATE MEMBERS

19.0 - Notations Equilibrium checks of internal forces and external

loads shall be made to insure consistency of
f; =specified compressive strength of results.
concrete, psi
=square root of specified compressive 19.2.2 -Approximate methods of analysis that do
strength of concrete, psi not satisfy compatibility of strains or stresses in
Y =specified yield strength of non- thin shells may be used where experience has
prestressed reinforcement, psi shown such analyses to provide safe designs.
h = overall thickness of member, in. 19.2.3 - Thin-shell elements shall be proportioned
9 = strength reduction factor. See Section for the required strength in accordance with
9.3
provisions of this code.
19.1 - Scope and definitions 19.2.4- Investigation of thin shells for stability
shall include considerat ion of possible reduct ion
19.1.1 -Provisions of Chapter 19 shall apply for in buckling capacity caused by large deflections,
design of thin-shell concrete structures and only creep effects, and deviation between actual and
to the thin-shell portions of such structures. theoretical sheil surface.
19.1.2 - All provisions of this code not specifically
excluded, and not in conflict with provisions of
19.2.5 - Supporting members
Chapter 19 shall apply to thin-shell structures. [Link] - Supporting members shall be designed
in accordance with applicable provisions of this
19.1.3-Thin shells are curved or folded slabs
code.
whose thicknesses are small compared to other
dimensions. Thin shells are characterized by [Link] - A portion of the shell equal to the ef-
three-dimensional load-carrying behavior, fective flange width as specified in Section 8.10
determined by geometrical shape, boundary may be assumed to act with supporting members.
conditions, and nature of applied load.
[Link] -Within the effective flange width of
19.1.4 - Thin shells are usually bounded by shell assumed to act with supporting members,
supporting members and edge members provided reinforcement perpendicular to supporting
to stiffen the shell and distribute or carry load in member shall be at least equal to that required for
composite action with that shell. a T-beam flange as specified in Section 8.10.5.
19.1.5 - Elastic analysis of thin shells is any 19.2.6 - Model analysis
structural analysis involving assumptions that are
suitable approximations of three-dimension [Link] - Analyses based on results of elastic
elastic behavior. model tests approved by the Building Official
shall be considered as valid elastic analyses.
19.2 - General
[Link] - When model analysis is used, only
19.2.1 - Elastic behavior shall be the accepted those portions of the thin shell structure that
basis for determining internal forces, significantly affect items under study need be
displacements, and stability of thin shells. simulated.

ACI STANDARD
[Link] - Every attempt shall be made to insure 19.5.9 - Where excess shell reinforcement is
that elastic model tests reveal quantitative provided, the 15-deg deviation limit of Section
behavior of prototype structure. 19.5.8 may be increased 1 deg for each 5 percent
decrease in stress below specified yield strength
19.3 - Design assumptions f,.

19.3.1 - In elastic analysis of thin shells, material 19.5.10 - Variations in direction of principal stress
may be assumed to be ideally elastic, over cross section of shell due to moments need
homogeneous, and isotropic. not be considered for determination of maximum
deviation.
19.3.2 - Poisson's ratio may be assumed equal to
zero.
19.5.1 1 - Nonprestressed shell reinforcement
placed in more than one direction shall be
19.4 - Design strength of materials proportioned to resist the components of prin-
cipal tensile stresses in each direction.
19.4.1 - Specified compressive strength of
concrete f ; at 28 days shall not be less than 3000 19.5.12 - Where tensile stresses vary greatly in
psi. magnitude over the shell (as for long barrel shells
and domes), reinforcement resisting the total
19.4.2 - Specified yield strength of reinforcement tension may be concentrated in regions of
f , shall not exceed 60,000 psi. maximum tensile stress. However, area of shell
reinforcement in any portion of the tensile zone
19.5 - Shell reinforcement shall not be less than 0.0035 times gross cross-
sectional area of shell.
19.5.1 -Area of shell reinforcement in square
inches per foot of shell width shall not exceed 7.2 19.5.13 - Shell reinforcement required for flexure
hf;lt, nor 29,000 hlf,. shall be proportioned with due regard to axial
forces.
19.5.2- If deviation of shell reinforcement from
lines of principal stress is greater than 10 deg, 19.5.14 - Splices in principal tensile rein-
area of shell reinforcement shall not exceed one- forcement shall conform to provisions of Chapter
half that specified in Section 19.5.1. 12.

19.5.3 - Shell reinforcement shall not be spaced 19.5.15 - Shell reinforcement at junction of shell
farther apart than 5 times the shell thickness, nor and supporting members or edge members shall
18 in. be anchored in or through supporting members by
embedment length, hooks, or mechanical an-
19.5.4-Where computed principal tensile chorage in accordance with Chapter 12.
stresses in concrete due to factored loads exceed
4 t p ~ cshell reinforcement shall not be spaced 19.6 - Prestressing
farther apart than 3 times the shell thickness.
Where prestressing tendom are draped within a
19.5.5 - Shell reinforcement shall be provided to shell, design shall take into account force com-
resist the total principal tensile stress, but shall ponents on the shell resulting from tendon profile
not be less than required by Section 7.12. not lying in one plane.

19.5.6 - Shell reinforcement, assumed to act at 19.7 - Construction

middle surface of shell, may be placed either
parallel to lines of principal tensile stress, or in 19.7.1 -When removal of formwork is based on a
two or three component directions. specific modulus of elasticity of concrete for
stability or deflect ion considerat ions, required
19.5.7- In regions of high tension, shell rein- modulus of elasticity shall be determined by tests
forcement shall be placed in general direction of of field-cured beams.
principal stresses.
19.7.2- Dimensions of test beams and test
19.5.8 - Shell reinforcement may be considered procedures shall be specified by the Engineer.
parallel to a line of principal stress when its
direction does not deviate from the line of prin- 19.7.3- Proportions and loading of test beams
cipal stress by more than 15 deg. shall ensure action that is primarily flexure.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

PART 6 - SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

CHAPTER 20 - STRENGTH EVALUATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

20.0 - Notation load tested in such a manner as to adequately test

the suspected source of weakness.
a =maximum deflection under test load of
member relative t o a line joining the ends of 20.3.4 - Forty-eight hours prior to application of
the span, or of the free end of cantilever test load, a load t o simulate effect of that portion
relative t o its support, in. of the dead loads not already acting shall be
D = dead loads, or related internal moments and applied and shall remain in place until all testing
forces has been completed.
h = overall thickness of member, in.
! =span of member under load test (shorter 20.4 - Load tests of flexural members
span of flat slabs and of slabs supported on
four sides). Span of member, except as 20.4.1 -When flexural members, including beams
provided in Section 20.4.9, is distance and slabs, are load tested, the additional
between centers of supports or clear provisions of Section 20.4 shall apply.
distance between supports plus depth of 20.4.2 - Base readings (datum for deflect ion
member, whichever is smaller, in.
measurements) shall be made immediately prior
L = live loads, or related internal moments and
to application of test load.
forces
20.4.3 -That portion of the structure selected for
20.1 - Strength evaluation - General loading shall be subject to a total load, including
If doubt develops concerning the safety of a dead loads already acting, equivalent to 0.85 (1.4
structure or member, the Building Official may D+1.7L). Determination of L shall include live
order. a structural strength investigation by load reductions as permitted by the general
analyses or by means of load tests, or by a building code of which this code forms a part.
com bi nation of analyses and load tests. (For
20.4.4 -Test load shall be applied in not less than
approval of special systems of design or con-
four approximately equal increments without
struction see Sect ion 1.4.)
shock to the structure and in such a manner as to
20.2 - Analytical investigations - General avoid arching of loading materials.

20.2.1 - If strength evaluation is by analysis, a 20.4.5 -After test load has been in position for 24
thorough field investigation shall be made of hr, initial deflection readings shall be taken.
dimensions and details of members, properties of
20.4.6-Test load shall be removed immediately
materials, and other pertinent conditions of the
after initial deflection readings, and final
structure as actually built.
deflection readings shall be taken 24 hr after
20.2.2 - Analyses based on investigation required removal of the test load.
by Section 20.2.1 shall satisfy the Building Official
20.4.7 - If the portion of the structure tested
that the load factors meet requirements and intent
shows visible evidence of failure, the portion
of this code. See Section 20.6.
tested shall be considered to have failed the test
20.3 - Load tests - General and no retesting of the previously tested portion
shall be permitted.
20.3.1 - I f strength evaluation is by load tests, a
qualified engineer acceptable to the Building 20.4.8-If the portion of the structure tested
Official shall control such tests. shows no visible evidence of failure, the following
criteria shall be taken as indication of satisfactory
20.3.2 - A load test shall not be made until that behavior:
portion of the structure t o be subject to load is at
least 56 days old. When the owner of the struc- (a) If measured maximum deflection a of a
ture, the Contractor, and all involved parties beam, floor or roof is less than f320,000 h.
mutually agree, the test may be made at an earlier
(b) If measured maximum deflection a of a
age.
beam, floor, or roof exceeds $I20,000h,
20.3.3 -When only a portion of the structure is to deflection recovery within 24 hr after removal of
be load tested, the questionable portion shall be the test load shall be at least 75 percent of the

ACI STANDARD
 maximum deflection for nonprestressed 20.5 - Members other than flexural
concrete, or 80 percent for prestressed con- members
crete.
Members other than flexural members preferably
20.4.9 - In Sections 20.4.8(a) and (b), P, for can- shall be investigated by analysis.
tilevers shall be taken as 2 times the distance
from support to cantilever end, and deflection
shall be adjusted for any support movement. 20.6 - Provision for lower load rating
20.4.10 - Nonprestressed concrete construction If structure under investigation does not satisfy
failing to show 75 percent recovery of deflection conditions or criteria of Sections 20.2, 20.4.8, or
as required by Section 20.4.8(b) may be retested 20.4.10, the Building Official may approve a lower
not earlier than 72 hr after removal of the first test load rating for that structure based on results of
load. The portion of the structure tested shall be the load test or analysis.
considered satisfactory if:
(a) The portion of the structure tested shows no
visible evidence of failure in the retest, and 20.7 - Safety
(b) Deflection recovery caused by second test 20.7.1 - Load tests shall be conducted in such a
load is at least 80 percent of the maximum manner as to provide for safety of life and
deflection in the second test structure during the test.
20.4.1 1 - Prestressed concrete construct ion shall 20.7.2 - No safety measures shall interfere with
not be retested. load test procedures or affect results.

APPENDIX A - SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN

A.0 - Notation =maximum factored axial load acting on a
column or wall during an earthquake
=area of rectangular core of column = spacing of shear reinforcement in
measured out-to-out of hoop, sq in. direction parallel to longitudinal rein-
= gross area of sect ion, sq in. forcement, in.
= area of nonprestressed tension rein- = center-to-center spacing of hoops. in.
forcement, sq in. =nominal shear strength provided by
= area of compression reinforcement, sq in. concrete
= area of transverse hoop bar (one leg), sq in. =ratio of nonprestressed tension rein-
=area of shear reinforcement within a forcement
distance s, sq in. =As/bd
= distance from extreme compression fiber = reinforcement ratio producing balanced
to centroid of tension reinforcement,'in. strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2
= nominal diameter of bar, in. = ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to
=specified compressive strength of con- total volume of core (out-to-outof spirals)
crete, psi = strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3
= modulus of rupture of concrete, psi
= specified yield strength of nonprestressed
reinforcement, psi A.1- Scope
= overall thickness of member, in. A.l.l - Reinforced concrete structures shall
= development length, in. conform to the minimum provisions of this code
= maximum unsupported length of rec- and to the special provisions of Appendix A for
tangular hoop measured between per- types of members and systems covered when a
pendicular legs of hoop or supplementary ductile moment-resisting space frame or
crosst ies, in. equivalent must be provided by design for
= clear span measured face-to-face of structures located in an area where an earthquake
supports of such magnitude as to cause major damage to
= nominal axial load strength at balanced construct ion has a high probability of occurrence
strain conditions. See Section 10.3.2 during the lifetime of that structure.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

A.1.2 - Provisions of Appendix A shall apply to A.3.3 - Frames, shearwalls, and combinat ions of
monolithic or composite special ductile frames frames and shearwalls shall be designed to resist
with cast-in-place beam-column connections and forces frorn seismic accelerations.
to special shearwalls used with special ductile
frames. A.3.4 - Floor and roof systems shall be designed
to act as horizontal structural elements to transfer
A.1.3 - Requirements for seismic load resisting forces to frames or shearwalls.
members under Appendix A are based on the
strength method of design. A.3.5 - Design strengths of materials
A.3.5.1 - Specified compressive strength of
A.1.4 - Other structural systems and design concrete f,' shall not be less than 3000 psi.
methods may be used when shown by analysis
and design, based on accepted engineering A.3.5.2 - Specified yield strength of reinforcement
principles, to provide adequate strength and f, shall not exceed 60,000 psi.
ductility to resist anticipated seismic movements.
A.3.5.3 - Grade of reinforcement used shall be
A.2 - Definitions only that specified; substitution of higher grades
of reinforcement shall not be permitted.
Confined region - Region with transverse rein-
forcement confor mi ng to required area and
spacing of Sections A.5.11 and A 5 1 2 or Section A.4 - Design assumptions
A.6.5 and regions within beam-column con-
A.4.1 - Provisions of Appendix A assume that
nections conforming to Section A.7.
special ductile frames composed of flexural
Hoop - One-piece closed tie or continuously members and columns, with or without special
wound tie that encloses longitudinal rein- shearwalls, will be forced into lateral defor-
forcement. Size of tie shall not be less than #3, mations sufficient to create reversible plastic
with a 135-deg bend plus 10db extension at tie hinges by action of the most severe earthquake.
ends.
A.4.2 - Moment strength of plastic hinges may be
Plastic hinge - Region where ultimate moment taken equal to the moment strength computed by
strength of a member may be developed and provisions of Chapter 10.
maintained with corresponding significant
inelastic rotation as primary tension rein-
forcement elongates beyond yield strain. A.5 - Flexural members of special ductile
Special ductile frame - Structural frame com- frames
posed of reinforced concrete flexural members A.5.1 - For flexural members, reinforcement ratio
and columns with cast-in-place connections p provided shall not exceed 0.50 of the ratiop, that
designed and detailed to accommodate reversible would produce balanced strain conditions as
lateral displacements after formation of plastic defined in Section 10.3.2.
hinges.
A.5.2 -Throughout the length of flexural mem-
Special shearwall - Reinforced concrete bers, both top and bottom reinforcement shall
shearwall designed and detailed in accordance consist of not less than 2 bars and rat iop provided
with Section A.8. shall not be less than 2001f,.
Stirrup-tie - Closed stirrup conforming to A.5.3 - Positive moment strength of flexural
definition of a hoop. members at column connections shall not be less
Supplementary crosstie - Tie with a standard 180- than 50 percent of the negative moment strength.
deg hook at each end conforming to requirements A 5 4 - At least one-third the tension rein-
of Sect ion A.6.5.4. forcement provided for negative moment at a
support shall extend anchorage distance beyond
A.3 - General extreme position of the point of inflection but not
less than 0.25 P,, from face of support.
A.3.1 -Interaction of all structural and non-
structural elements that affect response of the A.5.5 - A t least one-fourth the larger amount of
building to seismic accelerations shall be con- tension reinforcement required for negative
sidered in the analysis of that structure. moment at either end of a flexural member shall
be continuous throughout top of member.
A.3.2 - Consequences of failure of elements that
are not a part of the primary system for resisting A.5.6 - Flexural members framing into opposite
seismic forces shall also be considered. sides of a column shall have top and bottom

ACI STANDARD
reinforcement provided at ends of members 12 in. shall be provided. Such stirrup-ties at ends
continuous through the column where possible. of members shall be provided for a distance of at
When top or bottom reinforcement cannot be least 2 d from column face.
continuous through the column due t o variations
A.5.13 - Where inelastic deformat ion of a frame
in flexural member cross section, such rein-
may develop moment strengths at locations away
forcement shall be anchored within column
from ends of flexural members, amount and
connect ion in accordance with Sect ion A.5.7.
spacing of web reinforcement at such locations
A.5.7 - Flexural members framing into columns shall conform to Sect ions A.5.11 and A.5.12.
with no flexural member on the opposite side of
the column shall have top and bottom rein-
A.5.14 - Splices of reinforcement
forcement anchored within column connection in A.5.14.1 - Minimum length of lap for lap splices
accordance with the following: shall be24db,but not less than 12 in.
A.5.7.1 - Reinforcement shall be extended to far A.5.14.2 - At least two st irrup-ties shall be
face of confined region and anchored to develop provided at all lap splices.
the specified yield strength f, .
A.5.14.3 - Lap splices of reinforcement in regions
A.5.7.2 - Development length shall be computed
beginning at near face of column. of tension or stress reversal shall be enclosed
within stirrup-ties spaced not greater than 16
A.5.7.3 -
Every bar shall terminate with a standard longitudinal bar diameters nor 12 in.
90-deg hook or combination of equivalent em-
bedment length of 90-deg hook plus additional A.5.14.4 - Welded splices shall not be located
embedment length of reinforcement as required within a distanced of a plastic hinge.
to develop the specified yield strength f,.
A.5.8 - Development length of reinforcement in
confined regions shall not be less than2/3P, nor 16
in., where!, shall be computed in accordance with
A.6 - Special ductile frame columns
subject to flexure and axial loads
Section 12.2.2, including, for lightweight
aggregate concrete, the factor in Section 12.2.J. A.6.1 - Area of longitudinal reinforcement shall
Development length in other regions shall be not be less than 0.01 or more than 0.06 times
computed in accordance with Chapter 12, but not gross area A, of column section. Section 10.8.4
less than 16 in. shall not apply.
A.5.9 - Web reinforcement shall be provided to A.6.2 - At all beam-column connections, the sum
develop shears resulting from factored gravity of moment strengths of columns at factored axial
loads on members and from moment strengths of loads shall be greater than the sum of the moment
plastic hinges at ends of members produced by strengths of flexural members along each prin-
lateral displacement. cipal plane at that connection, unless the sum of
A.5.10 -Web reinforcement perpendicular to moment strengths of confined cores of columns
longitudinal reinforcement shall be provided is sufficient to resist applied factored loads.
throughout the length of flexural members.
Minimum size stirrup shall be #3, and maximum A.6.3 - Beam-column connections at any level
spacing shall b e d k may be exempt from strength requirements of
Section A.6.2 provided remaining columns and
A.5.11 - Web reinforcement not less than connected flexural members comply and are
capable of resisting entire shear at that level
accounting for changes in forces and torsion
resulting from the action of the nonconforming
connect ion.
whichever is larger, and spaced not greater than A.6.4 - Columns shall be designed and detailed as
d14, shall be provided for a distance of 4d from flexural members i n accordance with
ends of flexural members. First two stirrups at the requirements of Section A.5 when P, is not
ends of members framing into columns shall be greater than 0.4 $J P, .
stirrup-ties with first stirrup-tie located at a
distance not greater than 3 in. from column face.
A.6.5 -Concrete core of columns shall be con-
A.5.12 - Where reinforcement is required to act as fined by special transverse-reinforcement as
compression reinforcement, stirrup-ties spaced specified in Sect ions A.6.5.1 through A.6.5.5 when
not greater than 16 longitudinal bar diameters nor P, is greater than 0.4 $J P, .

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

A.6.5.1 - Confinement reinforcement consisting subject to axial compression or axial tension.
of spiral or hoop reinforcement shall be provided Spacing of shear reinforcement in columns shall
above and below beam-column connections for a not exceed d12.
distance from face of connection equal to the
greater of the overall thickness h V, being larger
A.6.8 - Splices in longitudinal reinforcement shall
dimension for rectangular columns or diameter
conform to Chapter 12, but minimum length of lap
for round columns), 116 the clear height of column,
or 18 in. for lap splices shall be 30 d, but not less than 16
in. When welded splices or other mechanical
connections are used, not more than one-fourth
A.6.5.2 -Spiral reinforcement shall conform to the bars shall be spliced at any level and distance
Section 10.9.3, but p , shall not be less than between levels of splicing of adjacent bars shall
0.12f;lf". not be less than 12 in.

A.6.5.3 - Where rectangular hoop reinforcement is

used, required area of transverse hoop bar (one
leg) shall be computed by A.7 - Beam-columnconnections of
special ductile frames
A.7.1 -Transverse reinforcement through beam-
column connections shall be proportioned ac-
cording to requirements of Sections A.6.5 and
A.6.7. Design shear shall be equal to the maximum
where p , is the volumetric ratio required by
factored shear force in the connections computed
Section A.6.5.2 with A,, substituted for A , and
by an analysis taking into account column shear
with f, the specified yield strength of hoop
and shears developed from yield forces in beam
reinforcement. Minimum bar size of transverse
reinforcement.
hoops shall be that required for lateral ties in
Section [Link]. Vertical center-to-center spacing
A.7.2 - In connections with beams framing into
s, of rectangular hoops or pitch of continuous
hoops shall not exceed 4 in. four sides of the column, transverse rein-
forcement in the connection may be one-half that
required by Section A.7.1 if every beam has a
A.6.5.4 - Supplementary crossties of the same bar width not less than one-half the column width and
size as the transverse hoop may be used to reduce a depth not less than three-fourths that of the
the unsupported length P, in Eq. (A-2). Each end of deepest beam framing into the connection.
a supplementary crosstie shall engage the
transverse hoop with a standard 180-deg hook, A.7.3- Where axis of a flexural member does not
and shall be secured to a longitudinal bar to intersect axis of a column, connections shall be
prevent displacement during construction. designed and detailed to accommodate the
Minimum concrete cover for supplementary shears, moments, and torsions caused by that
crossties shall be 112 in. offset.

A.6.5.5 -Supplementary ties in addition to the

transverse hoop shall be provided if required to
satisfy Section A.6.7.
A.8 - Special shearwalls
A.8.1 - Special shearwalls shall be proportioned
A.6.6 -Where walls or stiff partitions do not to resist a combination of overturning moments,
continue from story to story, columns supporting vertical loads, and shears. Adequate provisions
such wall or partition loads shall have con- shall be made to transfer wall moments, vertical
finement reinforcement conforming t o loads, and shears to foundations or supports.
requirements of Section A.6.5 throughout column
length. A.8.2- Areas of distributed horizontal and vertical
reinforcement of special shearwalls shall each be
A.6.7 - Transverse reinforcement shall be not less than 0.0025 times gross area of wall.
provided in columns to insure that shear strength
is at least equal to the applied shears at formation A.8.3- Reduced horizontal force factors, if per-
of plastic hinges in the frame due to combination mitted for design of buildings because of in-
of lateral displacement and factored gravity loads. clusion of ductile moment-resisting space frames
Shear strength provided by concrete V , shall be in or equivalent, shall not be used to calculate
accordance with Section 11.3 for members required shear reinforcement for shearwalls.

ACI STANDARD
A.8.4 - Special vertical reinforcement con- accepted engineering principles or by provisions
centrated near ends of shearwalls shall be of Sections A.8.5.1 and A.8.5.2.
provided as specified in Section A.8.4.1 when P,
A.8.5.1 - Shearwalls shall have vertical boundary
is not greater than 0.4t$Pband extreme fiber stress
elements proportioned to carry all vertical forces
in tension computed in accordance with Eq. (9-2)
and (9-3) on gross concrete section of wall, resulting from factored wall dead load, factored
tributary dead and live loads, and factored
neglecting reinforcement, exceeds 0.15 f,.
horizontal forces.
A.8.4.1 - Required area of vertical reinforcement
concentrated near ends of shearwalls shall be A.8.5.2 - Reinforcement in boundary elements
computed by shall be confined with transverse reinforcement
for full height of boundary elements in ac-
cordance with provisions of Section A.6.5.
A.8.6 - Construction joints in special shearwalls
where d is the horizontal distance (in inches) from
shall be made in accordance with Section 6.4.
extreme compression fiber to centroid of such
Horizontal construction joints shall have surface
reinforcement. However, wall reinforcement shall
of hardened concrete clean and rough before new
not be less than that required for flexure, axial
concrete placement.
loads, and shear.
A.8.5 - When P, is greater than 0.4t$Pb,shearwalls A.8.7 - Splices in vertical reinforcement shall
may be proportioned either by a method based on conform to provisions of Section A.6.8.

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX B -ALTERNATE DESIGN METHOD
B.0 - Notation P = ratio of tension reinforcement
= As/bd
Some notation definitions are modified from that 4 =strength reduction factor. See Section
in the main body' of the code for specific use in the B.2.1
application of Appendix B.
B.1- Scope
= gross area of sect ion, sq in.
= loaded area B.1.1 - Nonprestressed reinforced concrete
=maximum area of the portion of the members may be designed using service loads
supporting surface that is geometrically (without load factors) and permissible service
similar to and concentric with the loaded load stresses in accordance with provisions of
area Appendix B.
=area of shear reinforcement within a
8.1.2 - For design of members not covered by
distances, sq in.
=width of compression face of member, Appendix B, appropriate provisions of this code
in. shall apply.
= perimeter of critical section for slabs and 0.1.3 - All applicable provisions of this code for
footings, in. nonprestressed concrete, except Section 8.4,
=web width, or diameter of circular sec- shall apply to members designed by the Alternate
tion, in. Design Method.
= distance from extreme compression
fiber to centroid of tension rein- 0.1.4 - Flexural members shall meet re-
forcement, in. quirements for deflection control in Sect ion 9.5,
= modulus of elasticity of concrete, psi. and requirements of Sections 10.4 through 10.7 of
See Section 8.5.1 this code.
=modulus of elasticity of reinforcement, B.2 - General
psi. See Sect ion 8.5.2
=specified compressive strength of 0.2.1 -Load factors and strength reduction
concrete, psi. See Chapter 4 factors 4 shall be taken as unity for members
=square root of specified compressive designed by the Alternate Design Method.
strength of concrete, psi
0.2.2 - Members may be proportioned for 75
=average splitting tensile strength of
percent of capacities required by other parts of
lightweight aggregate concrete, psi. See
Appendix B when considering wind or earthquake
Section 4.1.5
forces combined with other loads, provided the
= permissible tensile stress in rein- resulting section is not less than that required for
forcement, psi
the combination of dead and live load.
=specified yield strength of rein-
forcement, psi. See Section 3.5.3 0.2.3 -When dead load reduces effects of other
= design moment loads, members shall be designed for 85 percent
= modular ratio of elasticity of dead load in combination with the other loads.
= Es/Ec
= design axial load normal to cross section B.3 - Permissible service load stresses
occurring simultaneously with V; to be 0.3.1 - Stresses in concrete shall not exceed the
taken as positive for compression, following:
negative for tension, and to include
effects of tension due to creep and (a) Flexure
shrinkage Extreme fiber stress
= spacing of shear reinforcement in in compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.45 f ;
direction parallel to longitudinal rein-
forcement, in. (b) Shear*
= design shear stress Beams and one-way slabs
= permissible shear stress carried by and footings:
concrete, psi Shear carried by
= permissible horizontal shear stress, psi concrete, vc ..................
1.1fi;
= design shear force at section Maximum shear
=ratio of long side to short side of con- carried by concrete plus
centrated load or reaction area shear reinforcement . . . . . . . . vc + 4.4fi;
= angle between inclined stirrups and *For more detailed calculation of shear stress carried by concrete vc and shear
longitudinal axis of member values for lightweight aggregate concrete, see Section 8.7.4.

ACl STANDARD
 Joists' for lightweight concrete shall be assumed to be
Shear carried by the same as for normal weight concrete of the
concrete, v, ..................1.2df; same strength.
Two-way slabs and
8.5.5 - In doubly reinforced flexural members, an
footings:
effective modular ratio of 2 €,I€, shall be used to
Shear carried by 2
concrete, v, t . . . . . . . . . . (1 + -)4f; transform compression reinforcement for stress
Bc
computations. Compressive stress in such
reinforcement shall not exceed permissible
but not greater than 2411. tensile stress.
(c) Bearing on loaded area,? . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.31: B.6 - Compression members with or
6.3.2 -Tensile stress in reinforcement 1, shall not without flexure
exceed the following: B.6.1 -Combined flexure and axial load capacity
(a) Grade 40 or Grade 50 of compression members shall be taken as 40
reinforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20,000 psi percent of that computed in accordance with
provisions in Chapter 10 of this code.
(b) Grade 60 reinforcement or
greater and welded wire B.6.2 - Slenderness effects shall be included
fabric (smooth or deformed) . . . . . . . . 24,000 psi according to requirements of Section 10.10 and
10.11. In Eq. (10-7), the term P, shall be replaced
(c) For flexural reinforcement, by 2.5 times the design axial load, and 4 shall be
318 in. or less in diameter, in taken equal to 1.O.
one-way slabs of not more than
12-ft span, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.501, B.6.3 -Walls shall be designed in accordance
but not greater than 30,000 psi with Chapter 14 of this code, with combined
flexure and axial load capacity taken as 40 percent
0.4 - Development and splices of of that computed in accordance with Section 14.2,
or Section 10.15. In Eq. (14-I), 4 shall be taken
reinforcement equal to 1.O.
6.4.1 - Development and splices of reinforcement B.7 - Shear and torsion
shall be as required in Chapter 12 of this code.
8.7.1 -Design shear stress v shall be computed
6.4.2 - In satisfying requirements of Section by
12.12.3, M, shall be taken as computed moment
capacity assuming all positive moment tension
reinforcement at the section to be stressed to the
permissible tensile stress f , , and V, shall be taken
as unfactored shear force at the section. where V is design shear force at section con-
sidered.
0.5 - Flexure 8.7.2 -When the reaction, in direction of applied
For investigation of stresses at service loads, shear, introduces compression into the end
straight-line theory (for flexure) shall be used with regions of a member, sections located less than a
the following assumptions. distance d from face of support may be designed
for the same shear v as that computed at a
6.5.1 - Strains vary linearly as the distance from
distance d.
the neutral axis, except, for deep flexural mem-
bers with overall depth-span ratios greater than 8.7.3 - Whenever applicable, effects of torsion, in
215 for continuous spans and 415 for simple spans, accordance with provisions of Chapter 11 of this
a nonlinear distribution of strain shall be con- code, shall be added. Shear and torsional moment
sidered. See Section 10.7 of this code. strengths provided by concrete and limiting
maximum strengths for torsion shall be taken as
8.5.2 - Stress-strain relationship of concrete is a 55 percent of the values given in Chapter 11.
straight line under service loads within per-
missible service load stresses. 'Dewpned I" accordance vllh Secllon 8 11 of thls code

-
6.5.3 In reinforced concrete members, concrete
tll shear remforcemenl13 prowled see Sectlons 6.7 7 I and [Link]
resists no tension.
$When the supporllng surface I S wlder on all sldes than the loaded area, per-
6.5.4 - Modular ratio, n = € , / E , , may be taken as mlss~blebearlng stress on the loaded area may be mult~phedbydA21A1 but not
more than 2 When the supportmg surface I S sloped or stepped A 2 may be taken as
the nearest whole number (but not less than 6). the area ol the lower base ol the largest lrustum o f a rlght pyram~dor cone con-
tamed wholly w ~ t h ~the n support and havmg for 11supper base the loaded area and
Except in calculations for deflections, value of n h a v ~ r ~sg~ d eslopes o l 1 verllcal to 2 hor~zontal

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

6.7.4 - Shear stress carried by concrete clined flexural compression in variable-depth
members may be included.
[Link] -For members subject to shear and
flexure only, shear stress carried by concrete v, 6.7.5-Shear stress carried by shear rein-
shall not exceed [Link];unless a more detailed f orcement
calculation is made in accordance with Section [Link] - Types of shear reinforcement
B.7.4.4.
Shear reinforcement may consist of:
B.7.4.2- For members subject to axial com-
pression, shear stress carried by concrete v, shall (a) Stirrups perpendicular to axis of member
not exceed [Link]; unless a more detailed
(b) Welded wire fabric with wires located per-
calculation is made in accordance with Section
pendicular to axis of member making an angle
[Link].
of 45 deg or more with longitudinal tension
[Link] - For members subject to significant axial reinforcement
tension, shear reinforcement shall be designed to (c) Longitudinal reinforcement with bent por-
carry total shear, unless a more detailed
tion making an angle of 30 deg or more with
calculation is made using longitudinal tension reinforcement
(d) Combinations of stirrups and bent
longit udinal reinforcement

where N is negative for tension. Quantity N/A, (e) Spirals

shall be expressed in psi. [Link] -- Design yield strength of shear rein-
[Link] - For members subject to shear and forcement shall not exceed 60,000 psi.
flexure only, v, may be computed by [Link] - Stirrups and other bars or wires used as
shear reinforcement shall extend to a distance d
from extreme compression fiber and shall be
anchored at both ends according to Section 12.14
of this code to develop design yield strength of
but v, shall not exceed l.9fi;. Quantity Vd/M reinforcement.
shall not be taken greater than 1.0, where M is
design moment occurring simultaneously with V
[Link] - Spacing limits for shear reinforcement
at section considered. [Link].1 - Spacing of shear reinforcement placed
perpendicular to axis of member shall not exceed
[Link] - For members subject to axial com-
d/2, nor 24 in.
pression, v, may be computed by
[Link].2 - Inclined stirrups and bent longitudinal
reinforcement shall be so spaced that every 45-
deg line, extending toward the reaction from
middepth of member d/2 to longitudinal tension
Quantity N/A, shall be expressed in psi. reinforcement, shall be crossed by at least one
line of shear reinforcement.
[Link] - Shear stresses carried by concrete v,
apply to normal weight concrete. When light- [Link].3 - When (v - v,) exceeds 2fi;, maximum
weight aggregate concrete is used, one of the spacing given in Sections [Link].1. and B.[Link]
following modifications shall apply: shall be reduced by one-half.
(a) When f, is specified and concrete is [Link] - Minimum shear reinforcement
proportioned in accordance with Section 4.2,
[Link].1-A minimum area of shear rein-
fc,16.7 shall be substituted for fi;,but the value
forcement shall be provided in all reinforced
of fc,16.7 shall not exceed fi;. concrete flexural members where design shear
(b) When f, is not specified, the value of fl; stress v is greater than 112 the permissible shear
shall be multiplied by 0.75 for "all-lightweight" stress v, carried by concrete, except:
concrete and by 0.85 for "sand-lightweight" (a) Slabs and footings
concrete. Linear interpolation may be applied
when partial sand replacement is used. (b) Concrete joist construction defined by
Section 8.1 1 of this code
[Link] - In determining shear stress carried by
concrete v, whenever applicable, effects of axial (c) Beams with total depth not greater than 10
tension due to creep and shrinkage in restrained in., 21/2 times thickness of flange, or one-half
members shall be considered and effects of in- the width of web, whichever is greater.
ACl STANDARD
B.[Link] - Minimum shear reinforcement [Link].8 - Value of (v- v,) shall not exceed
requirements of Section [Link].1 may be waived if 4.4dT;.
shown by test that required ultimate flexural and
shear strength can be developed when shear
8.7.6 - Shear-friction
reinforcement is omitted. Where it is appropriate to consider shear transfer
across a given plane such as an existing or
-
B.[Link] Where shear reinforcement is required potential crack, an interface between dissimilar
by Section B.[Link] or by analysis, minimum area materials, or an interface between two concretes
of shear reinforcement shall be computed by cast at different times, shear-friction provisions of
Section 11.7 of this code may be applied, with
limiting maximum stress for shear taken as 55
percent of that given in Section 11.7.4. Per-
missible stress in shear-friction reinforcement
where b, and s are in inches. shall be that given in Sect ion B.3.2.
8.7.7 - Special provisions for slabs and footings
B.7.5.6 - Design of shear reinforcement
[Link] -Shear capacity of slabs and footings in
[Link].1 -Where design shear stress v exceeds the vicinity of concentrated loads or reactions is
shear stress carried by concrete v , , shear rein- governed by the more severe of two conditions:
forcement shall be provided in accordance with
[Link].1 - Beam action for slab or footing, with a
Sections B.[Link] through B.[Link].
critical section extending in a plane across the
entire width and located at a distance d from face
B.[Link] - When shear reinforcement per-
of concentrated load or reaction area. For this
pendicular to axis of member is used,
condition, the slab or footing shall be designed in
accordance with Sect ions B.7.1 through B.7.5.
[Link].2 - Two-way action for slab or footing, with
a critical section perpendicular to plane of slab
B.[Link] - When inclined stirrups are used as and located so that its perimeter is a minimum,
shear reinforcement, but need not approach closer than d/2 to
perimeter of concentrated load or reaction area.
For this condition, the slab or footing shall be
designed in accordance with Sections B.7.7.2 and
B.7.7.3.
[Link].4 - When shear reinforcement consists of [Link] - Design shear stress v shall be computed
a single bar or a single group of parallel bars, all by
bent up at the same distance from the support,

where V and b, shall be taken at the critical

where (v - vc) shall not exceed 1.6\if;. section defined in Section B.[Link].
[Link] - Design shear stress v shall not exceed v ,
B.[Link] - When shear reinforcement consists of
given by Eq. (B-10) unless shear reinforcement is
a series of parallel bent-up bars or groups of provided.
parallel bent-up bars at different distances from
the support, required area shall be computed by
Eq. (B-7).

B.[Link] - Only the center three-fourths of the but v , shall not exceed 2\if;. 8, is the ratio of long
inclined portion of any longitudinal bent bar shall side to short side of concentrated load or reaction
be considered effective for shear reinforcement. area. When lightweight aggregate concrete is
used, the modifications of Section B.7.4.6 shall
B.[Link]- When more than one type of shear
~ P ~ I Y
reinforcement is used to reinforce the same
portion of a member, required area shall be [Link] - If shear reinforcement consisting of bars
computed as the sum of the various types or wires is provided in accordance with Section
separately. In such computations, v, shall be 11.11.3 of this code, v , shall not exceed \if;, and v
included only once. shall not exceed 3dT;.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
B.7.7.5-If shear reinforcement consisting of Chapter 11 of this code shall be used, with shear
steel I or channel shapes (shearheads) is provided strengths provided by concrete and limiting
in accordance with Section 11.11.4 of this code, v maximum strengths for shear taken as 55 percent
on the critical section defined in Section B.[Link] of the values given in Chapter 11. In Section
shall not exceed 3.5df;, and v on the critical 11.10.6, the design axial load shall be multiplied
section defined in Section [Link] shall not by 1.2 if compression and 2.0 if tension, and
exceed 2fl;. In Eq. (11-38) and (11-39), design substituted for N u .
shear force V shall be multiplied by 2 and sub-
stituted for V,.
8.7.9 - Composite concrete flexural members
For design of composite concrete flexural
B.7.8 - Special provisions for other members members, permissible horizontal shear stress v h
For design of deep flexural members, brackets shall not exceed 55 percent of the horizontal shear
and corbels, and walls, the special provisions of strengths given in Section 17.5.4 of this code.

APPENDIX C - NOTATION =area of one leg of a closed stirrup resisting

torsion within a distances, sq in. Chapter 11
= area o f shear reinforcement within a distance
= depth of equivalent rectangular stress block s, or area of shear reinforcement per-
as defined in Section 10.2.7. Chapters 10 pendicular to flexural tension reinforcement
and 12 within a distance s for deep flexural mem-
= shear span, distance bet ween concent rated bers, sq in. Chapter 11, 12, and Appendixes A
load and face of support. Chapter 11 and B
=maximum deflection under test load of =area of shear-friction reinforcement, sq in.
member relative to a line joining the ends of Chapter 11
the span, or of the free end of a cantilever = area of shear reinforcement parallel to
relative to its support, in. Chapter 20 flexural tension reinforcement within a
=effective tension area o f concrete distances2, sq in. Chapter 11
surrounding the flexural tension rein- =area of an individual wire to be developed or
forcement and having the same centroid as spliced, sq in. Chapter 12
that reinforcement, divided by the number of = loaded area. Chapter 10 and Appendix B
bars or wires, sq in. When the flexural rein- =maximum area of the portion o f the sup-
forcement consists of different bar or wire porting surface that is geometrically similar
sizes the number of bars or wires shall be to and concentric with the loaded area.
computed as the total area of reinforcement Chapter 10 and Appendix B
divided by the area of the largest bar or wire =width of compression face of member, in.
used. Chapter 10 Chapters 8,9,lO,ll,l8, and Appendix B
=area of that part of cross section between =perimeter of critical section for slabs and
flexural tension face and center o f gravity of footings, in. Chapter 11 and Appendix B
gross section, sq in. Chapter 18 = width of that part of cross section containing the
= area of an individual bar, sq In. Chapter 12 closed stirrups resisting torsion
=area of core of spirally reinforced com- =width of cross section at contact surface
pression member measured to outside being investigated for horizontal shear.
diameter of spiral, sq in. Chapter 10 Chapter 17
=area of concrete sectlon resisting shear =web width, or diameter of circular section, in.
transfer. Chapter 11 Chapters 11 and 12 and Appendix B
= area o f concrete at cross section considered. =distance from extreme compression fiber to
sq in. Chapter 18 neutral axis, in. Chapter 10
= area of rectangular core of column measured = size of rectangular or equivalent rectangular
out-to-out of hoop, sq in. Appendix A column, capital, or bracket measured in the
=gross area of section, sq in. Chapters 9, 10, direction of the span for which moments are
l l , l 4 , and Appendixes A and B being determined, in. Chapter 11 and 13
=area of shear reinforcement parallel to = size of rectangular or equivalent rectangular
flexural tension reinforcement, sq in. Chapter column, capital or bracket measured tran-
11 sverse to the direction of the span for which
=total area of longitudinal reinforcement to moments are being determined, in. Chapter
resist torsion, sq in. Chapter 11 11 and 13
=area of prestressed reinforcement in tension =cross-sectional constant to define torsional
zone, sq in. Chapters 11 and 18 properties. See Eq. (13-7)Chapter 13
= area of nonprestressed tension rein- = a factor relating actual moment diagram to an
forcement, sq in. Chapters 8,9,10,11,12,18, equivalent uniform moment diagram. Chapter
and Appendix A 10
=area of compression reinforcement, sq in. =factor relating shear and torsional stress
Chapters 8,9,18, and Appendix A properties. Chapter 11
=area of transverse hoop bar (one leg), sq in.
I
Appendix A
=total area of longitudinal reinforcement, (bars =distance from extreme compression fiber to
or steel shapes), sq in. Chapter 10 centroid of tension reinforcement, in.
=area o f structural steel shape, pipe, or tubing Chapters 7,8,10,12, and 13, and Appendixes A
in a composite section, sq in. Chapter 10 and B

ACI STANDARD
 =distance from extreme compression fiber to loads or at j ~ n c t i o nof web and flange when
centroid of prestressed reinforcement, or to the centroid lies within the flange, psi. (In a
combined centroid when nonprestressed composite member, fpc is resultant com-
tension reinforcement is included, in. pressive stress at centroid of composite
Chapter 18 section, or at junction of web and flange
= distance from extreme compression fiber to when the centroid lies within the flange, due
centroid of longitudinal tension rein- to both prestress and moments resisted by
forcement, but need not be less than 0.80h precast member acting along). Chapter 11
for prestressed members, in. (For circular =compressive stress in concrete due to ef-
sections, d need not be less than the fect ive prestress forces only (after allowance
distance from extreme compression fiber to for all prestress losses) at extreme fiber of
centroid of tension reinforcement in opposite section where tensile stress is caused by
half of member). Chapter 11 externally applied loads, psi. Chapter 11
=distance from extreme compression fiber to = average compressive stress in concrete due
centroid of tension reinforcement for entire to effective prestress force only (after
composite section, in. Chapter 17 allowance for all prestress losses), psi.
=distance from extreme compression fiber to Chapter 18
centroid of compression reinforcement, in. =stress in prestressed reinforcement at
Chapter 9 nominal strength. See text for units. Chap-
= nominal diameter of bar, wire, or prestressing ters 12and 18
strand, in. Chapter 7 and 12
fpu =specified tensile strength of prestressing
=nominal diameter of bar, in. Chapter 3 and
tendons, psi. Chapters 11 and 18
Appendix A
=specified yield strength of prestressing
= thickness of concrete cover measured from ~ P Y
tendons, psi. Chapter 18
extreme tension fiber to center of bar or wire
located closest thereto, in. Chapter 10 fr = modulus of rupture of concrete, psi. Chapters
= diameter of pile at footing base. Chapter 15 9 and 18 and Appendix A
=distance from extreme tension fiber to cen- fs =calculated stress in reinforcement at service
troid of tension reinforcement in. Chapter 9 loads, ksi. Chapter 10
=dead loads, or related internal moments and fs = permissible tensile stress in reinforcement,
forces. Chapters 9,18, and 20. psi. Appendix B
= base of Napierian logarithms. Chapter 18 fse = effective stress in prestressed reinforcement
= load effects of earthquake, or related internal (after allowance for all prestress losses). See
moments and forces. Chapter 9 text for units. Chapters 12 and 18
=modulus of elasticity of concrete, psi. See =specified yield strength of nonprestressed
Section 8.5.1. Chapters 8, 9, and 10 and reinforcement, psi. Chapters 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
Appendix B 12,18, and 19 and Appendixes A and B
=modulus of elasticity of beam concrete. = lateral pressure of liquids, or related internal
Chapter 13 moments and forces. Chapter 9
= modulus of elasticity of column concrete. = overall thickness of member, in. Chapters
Chapter 13 9,lO,l l,l2,l3,l4,l8,l9, and 20 and Appendix A
=modulus of elasticity of slab concrete. =total depth of shearhead cross section, in.
Chapter 13 Chapter 11
= flexural stiffness of compression member. =total height of wall from base to top, in.
See Eq. (10-9)and (10-10).Chapter 10 Chapter 11
=modulus of elasticity of reinforcement, psi. =lateral earth pressure, or related internal
See Section 8.5.2 or 8.5.3. Chapters 8 and 10 moments and forces. Chapter 9
and Appendix B =moment of inertia of section resisting ex-
= specified compressive strength of concrete, ternally applied factored loads. Chapter 11
psi. Chapters 4,8,9,10,11,12,14,18, and 19 and = moment of inertia about centroidal axis of
Appendixes A and B gross section of beam as defined in Section
= square root of specified compressive 13.2.4. Chapter 13
strength o f concrete, psi. Chapters =moment of inertia of gross section of
9,11,12,15,18, and 19 and Appendix B column. Chapter 13
fci =compressive strength of concrete at time of = moment of inertia of cracked section trans-
initial prestress, psi. Chapter 18 formed to concrete. Chapter 9
./fT =square root of compressive strength of = effective moment of inertia for computation
concrete at time of initial prestress, psi. of deflection. Chapter 9
Chapter 18 = moment of inertia of gross concrete section
fct =average splitting tensile strength of light- about centroidal axis, neglecting rein-
weight aggregate concrete, psi. Chapters forcement. Chapters 9 and 10
4,9,11, and 12 and Appendix B = moment of inertia about centroidal axis of
=stress due to unfactored dead load, at ex- gross section of slab
treme fiber of section where tensile stress is =h3/12 times width of slab defined in
caused by externally applied loads, psi. notations CYand p i . Chapter 13
Chapter 11 = moment of inertia of reinforcement about
=tensile stress developed by standard hook, centroidal axis of member cross section.
psi. Chapter 12 Chapter 10
= compressive stress in concrete (after =moment of inertia of structural steel shape,
allowance for all prestress losses) at centroid pipe, or tubing about centroidal axis of
of cross section resisting externally applied composite member cross section. Chapter 10

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

=effective length factor for compression =maximum moment in member at stage
members. Chapter 10 deflection is computed. Chapter 9
=wobble friction coefficient per foot of =factored moment to be used for design of
prestressing tendon. Chapter 18 compression member. Chapter 10
= flexural stiffness of beam; moment per unit = cracking moment. See Sect ion [Link].
rotation. Chapter 13 Chapter 9
=flexural stiffness of column; moment per unit =moment causing flexural cracking at section
rotation. Chapter 13 due to externally applied loads. See Section
= flexural stiffness of equivalent column; [Link]. Chapter 11
moment per unit rotation. See Eq. (13-6) = modified moment. Chapter 11
Chapter 13 =maximum factored moment at section due to
=flexural stiffness of slab; moment per unit externally applied loads. Chapter 11
rotation. Chapter 13 =total factored static moment. Chapter 13
=torsional stiffness of torsional member; =nominal moment strength at section, in.-lb
moment per unit rotation. Chapter 13 Chapter 12
=span length of beam or one-way slab, as =A,f, ( d - a n ) .
defined in Section 8.7; clear projection of =required plastic moment strength of
cantilever, in. Chapter 9 shearhead cross section. Chapter 11
= length of prestressing tendon element from = factored moment at section. Chapter 11
jacking end to any point x, ft. See Eq. (18-1)
= moment resistance contributed by shearhead
and (18-2)Chapter 18 reinforcement. Chapter 11
=value of smaller factored end moment on
=length of span of two-way flat plates in
compression member calculated by con-
direction parallel to that of the reinforcement
ventional elastic frame analysis, positive if
being determined, in. See Eq. (18-7). Chapter
member is bent in single curvature, negative
18
if bent in double curvature. Chapter 10
= additional embedment length at support or at =value of larger factored end moment on
point of inflection, in. Chapter 12
compression member calculated by con-
= vertical distance between supports, in. ventional elastic frame analysis, always
Chapter 14
positive. Chapter 10
=development length, in. Chapters 7 and 12 = modular ratio of elasticity, Appendix B.
and Appendix A =Es I€, .
= equivalent embedment length of a hook, in. =design axial load normal to cross section
Chapter 12 occurring simultaneously with V; to be taken
= maximum unsupported length of rectangular as positive for compression, negative for
hoop measured between perpendicular legs tension, and to include effects of tension due
of hoop or supplementary crossties. Ap- to creep and shrinkage. Appendix B
pendix A =tensile force in concrete due to unfactored
= clear span for positive moment or shear and dead load plus live load (0 + L). Chapter 18
average of adjacent clear spans for negative =factored axial load normal to cross section
moment. Chapter 8 occurring simultaneously with Vu; to be
=clear span measured face-to-face of sup- taken as positive for compression, negative
ports. Chapter 11 and Appendix A for tension, and to include effects of tension
= length of clear span in long direction of two- due to creep and shrinkage. Chapter 11
way construction, measured face-to-fgce of =factored tensile force on bracket or corbel
supports in slabs without beams and face-to- acting simultaneously with V, to be taken as
face of beams or other supports in other positive for tension. Chapter 11
cases. Chapter 9 = nominal axial load strength at balanced strain
= length of c!ear span in direction that conditions. See Section 10.3.2. Chapters 9
moments are being determined, measured and 10 and Appendix A
face-to-faceof supports. Chapter 13 = critical load. See Eq. (10-7).Chapter 10
=span of member under load test (shorter span =maximum factored axial load acting on a
of flat slabs and of slabs supported on four column or wall during an earthquake. Ap-
sides). Span of member, except as provided pendix A
in Section 20.4.9, is distance between centers =nominal axial load strength at given ec-
of supports or clear distance between centricity. Chapters 9 and 10
supports plus depth of member, whichever is =nominal axial load strength at zero ec-
smaller, in. Chapter 20 centricity. Chapter 10
= unsupported length of compression member. =prestressing tendon force at jacking end.
Chapter 10. Chapter 18
=length of shearhead arm from centroid of =factored axial load at given ec-
concentrated load or reaction, in. Chapter 11 centricity-ct$[Link] 9 and 10
= horizontal length of wall, in. Chapter 11 =nominal axial load strength of wall designed
= length of span in direct ion that moments are by Sect ion 14.2. Chapter 14
being determined, measured center-to-center =prestressing tendon force at any point x.
of [Link] 13 Chapter 18
= length of span transverse to tl, measured =radius of gyration of cross section of a
center-to-center of supports. See also compression member. Chapter 10
Sections [Link] and [Link]. Chapter 13 = spacing of shear or torsion reinforcement in
=live loads, or related internal moments and direction parallel to longitudinal rein-
forces. Chapters 9,18, and 20 forcement, in. Chapter 11
= design moment. Appendix B = spacing of stirrups or ties, in. Chapter 12

ACl STANDARD
 =spacing of shear reinforcement in direction =distance from centroidal axis of gross section,
parallel to longitudinal reinforcement, in. neglecting reinforcement, to extreme fiber in
Appendixes A and B tension. Chapters 9 and 11
= center-to-center spacing of hoops, in. Ap- = longer center-to-center dimension of closed
pendix A rectangular stirrup. Chapter 11
= spacing of wire to be developed or spliced, in. = quantity limiting distribution of flexural
Chapter 12 reinforcement. See Sect ion 10.6. Chapter 10
=spacing of vertical reinforcement in wall, in. =angle between inclined stirrups and
Chapter 11 longitudinal axis of member. Chapter 11 and
=spacing of shear or torsion reinforcement in Appendix B
direction perpendicular to longitudinal =total angular change of prestressing tendon
reinforcement or spacing of horizontal profile in radians from tendon jacking end to
reinforcement in wall, in. Chapter 11 any point x. Chapter 18
= cumulative effects of temperature, creep, = ratio of flexural stiffness of beam sect ion to
shrinkage, and differential settlement. flexural stiffness of a width of slab bounded
Chapter 9 laterally by centerlines of adjacent panels (if
= nominal torsional moment strength provided any) on each side of the beam. Chapters 9
by concrete. Chapter 11 and 13
= nominal torsional moment strength. Chapter - -€ c b i b
11 Ecs I s
=nominal torsional moment strength provided = ratio of flexural stiffness of columns above
by torsion reinforcement. See Section and below the slab to combined flexural
[Link]. Chapter 11 stiffness of the slabs and beams at a joint
= factored torsional moment at section. taken in the direction of the span for which
Chapter 11 moments are being determined. Chapter 13
= required strength to resist factored loads or
related internal moments and forces. Chapter
9 = ratio of flexural stiffness of equivalent
= design shear stress. Appendix B column to combined flexural stiffness of the
= permissible shear stress carried by concrete, slabs and beams at a joint taken in the
psi. Appendix B direction of the span for which moments are
= permissible horizontal shear stress, psi. being determined. Chapter 13
Appendix B
= design shear force at station. Appendix B - K ec
=nominal shear strength provided by concrete. w s +Kb)
=average value of a for all beams on edges of a
Chapters 8 and 11 and Appendix A panel. Chapter 9
=nominal shear strength provided by concrete = minimum arc to satisfy Section 13.6.10(a).
when diagonal cracking results from com- Chapter 13
bined shear and moment. Chapter 11 = coefficient as a function of ylIxl. See Section
= nominal shear strength provided by concrete [Link]. Chapter 11
when diagonal cracking results from ex- =ratio of stiffness of shearhead arm to
cessive principal tensile stress in web. surrounding composite slab section. See
Chapter 11 Section [Link]. Chapter 11
=shear force at section due to unfactored dead = a in direction of tl. Chapter 13
load. Chapter 11 = a in direction of [Link] 13
=factored shear force at section due to ex-
ternally applied loads occurring
s"'
(beta)
=ratio of clear spans in long to short direction
of two-way slabs. Chapter 9
simultaneously with Adma,. Chapter 11 B =ratio of long side to short side of footing.
= nominal shear strength. Chapter 11 Chapter 15
= nominal horizontal shear strength. Chapter 17 = ratio of dead load per unit area to live load per
= vertical component of effective prestress unit area (in each case without load factors).
force at sect ion. Chapter 11 Chapter 13
=nominal shear strength provided by shear =ratio of area of reinforcement cut off to total
reinforcement. Ch6pter 11 area of tension reinforcement at section.
=factored shear force at section. Chapters 11, Chapter 12
12, and 17 = ratio of long side to short side of concentrated
= weight of concrete, Ib per cu ft. Chapters 8 and load or reaction area. Chapter 11 and Appendix
9 B
= factored dead load per unit area. Chapter 13 = ratio of maximum factored dead load moment
=factored live load per unit area. Chapter 13 to maximum factored total load moment,
=factored load per unit length of beam or per always positive. Chapter 10
unit area of slab. Chapter 8 =ratio of length of continuous edges to total
= factored load per unit area. Chapter 13 perimeter of a slab panel. Chapter 9
= wind load, or related internal moments and =ratio of torsional stiffness of edge beam
forces. Chapter 9 section to flexural stiffness of a width of slab
= shorter overall dimension of rectangular part equal to span length of beam, center-to-center
of cross section. Chapters 11 and 13. of supports. Chapter 13
= shorter center-to-center dimension of closed
rectangular stirrup. Chapter 11
= longer overall dimension of rectangular part of =factor defined in Section 10.2.7. Chapters 8
cross sect ion. Chapters 11and 13. and 10

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 =fraction of unbalanced moment transferred by = ratio of horizontal shear reinforcement area to
flexure at slab-column connections. See gross concrete area of vertical section.
Section [Link]. Chapter 13 Chapter 11
= fraction of unbalanced moment transferred by =ratio of vertical shear reinforcement area to
eccentricity of shear at slab-column con- gross concrete area of horizontal section.
nections. See Section [Link]. Chapter 11 Chapter 11
=1-yi = ratio of prestressed reinforcement. Chapter 18
=moment magnification factor. See Sections =Aps/bd.
10.11.5,10.11.6 and 10.11.7. Chapter 10 = ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to total
=factor defined by Eq. (13-5). See Section volume of core (out-to-out spirals) of a spirally
13.6.10. Chapter 13 reinforced compression member. Chapter 10
= coefficient of friction. See Section 11.7.5. = ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to total
Chapter 11 volume of core (out-to-outspirals). Appendix A
=curvature friction coefficient. Chapter 18 +
=(As Ah)/bd. Chapter 11
=constant for standard hook. Chapter 12 = A s / b w d .Chapter 11 and Appendix 8
=strength reduction factor. See Section 9.3.
= ratio of nonprestressed tension rein- Chapters8,9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 17, 18,and 19and
forcement. Chapters 8, 10, 11, and 18 and Appendix A
Appendixes A and 8 = strength reduction factor. See Section 8.2.1.
Appendix 8
= p f , / f ; . Chapter 18
=As/bd.
= ratio of nonprestressed compression rein- = p l f y / f ; .Chapter 18
forcement. Chapter 8
= p p f p s / f ; .Chapter 18
=A; Ibd.
= reinforcement indices for flanged sections
= ratio of compression reinforcement. Chapter computed as for W, w,, and W ' except that b
18 shall be the web width, and reinforcement area
=A; Ibd. shall be that required to develop compressive
= reinforcement ratio producing balanced strain strength of web only. Chapter 18
conditions. See Section 10.3.2. Chapter 8 and = torsional section properties. See Section
10 and Appendix A [Link] and [Link]. Chapter 11

APPENDIX D - SI METRIC EQUIVALENTS OF U.S. CUSTOMARY UNITS

The following is not part of this standard, but SI metric 5
- in. 16 mm
equivalents of all the dimensional values in this code and 8
conversions of nonhomogeneous equations are given below 3
- in. 19 mm
for convenience of users. 4
U.S. customary Metric
In this tabulation SI metric units are based on the standards 1
given in ASTM E380-76' and the preferred units in that stan- 1 - in. 32 mm
4
dard. These metric units are those conforming to the 1
requirements of the U.S. Metric Standards Act of 1975. 1 -
2
in. 38 mm

The conversion of units of length, area, volume, density, and 2 in. 51 mm

1
temperature are the same in both the SI-Metric and MKS-Metric 2 -in. 64 mm
2
systems. Units of load and stress differ in the two systems; a
3 in. 76 mm
separate set of MKS-Metric conversions is given for these 1
quantities in Appendix E. 3 -in 89 mm
2
4 in. 102 mm
Note that concrete strengths are based on standard 6 x 12 in. 127 mm
5 in.
(150 x 300 mm) cylinders and steel strength on the minimum 6 in. 152 smm
specified yield strength. 8 in. 203 mm
10 in. 254 mm
METRIC EQUIVALENTS OF DIMENSIONAL UNITS 12 in. 305 mm
16 in. 406 mm
18 in. 457 mm
20 in. 508 mm
Area 24 in. 610 mm
30 in. 762 mm
U.S. customary Metric 1 ft 0.3048 m
3 ft 0.9 m
465 m
10 f t 3.0 m
Length 12ft 3.7 m
15 ft 4.6 m
U S . customary Metric 25 ft 7.6 m
'Exact
1 in. 25.4 mm*
0.15 in. 3.8 mm Moment of inertia
1
- in.
4
3 Volume
- in.
8 U.S. customary Metric
1
- in.
2,

ACI STANDARD
Weight (density) US. customary Metric
psi MPa
US. customary Metric
kglm
16
1120
1440
1840
1920
2320
2420 SI-METRIC EQUIVALENTS OF LIMITING VALUES
Units
Temperature
U.S. customary Metric
U.S. customary Metric Area sq in. mm2
sq ft m2
deg F deg C Density Ibpercu ft kglm
Load Ib
4.4
Size in.
10
ft
16
27 Stress psi
32 Stress
35
66 U.S. customary Metric

Load fi; 0.08fi;

0.547; 0.04%
U.S. customary SI-metric 0.647; 0.05fi;
u3fi; 0.06fi;
1 lb 4.5 N 1.1fi; o.o!w;
9000 1b 40,000 N 1. N ; 0.1o\/t;
1 lblft 14.6 Nlm 1.25% 0.1M;
1 lblft2 47.9 Pa 1.5fi; 0.1 m;
1.647; 0.1347;
Stress (pressure) 1.7fi; 0.14fi;
1.!w; 0.16%
US. customary SI-metric 0.1747;
2.M;
psi kPa 2.4fi; 0.2M;
3.M; 0.25fi;
6.9 3.3fi; 0.27fi;
340 3.547; 0.2w;
410 4.M; 0.33fi;
550 4.4fi; 0.37fi;
830 5.M; 0.4N;
5.5fi; 0.46fi;
psi MPa 6.M; 0.5047;
6.3fi; 0.5m;
1.o 6.5fi; 0.5447;
1.03 7.M; 0.58d7;
1.38 7.5fi; 0.6N;
1.72 8.o\/f~ 0.66fi;
2.07 10.M; 0.8347;
2.41 12.M; [Link];
2.76 Sec. 7.12.2
3.45
3.79
4.14
4.83
5.52
6.2 1 Sec. 8.5.1
6.89
8.27
17.24
20.68
24.13
27.58 Table 9.5(a) Footnotes (a) and (b)
31.O3
34.47 (1.65- 0 . 0 0 5 )~2~1.09 (1.65- 0 . 0 0 0 3 )~2~1.09
8
62.10
137.9 0.4 + fy
- 0.4 + fy
-
165.5 100,000 690
Sec. [Link] Sec. 12.8.2

Sec. 10.5.1

Sec. 10.6.4

30.6 MNlm Sec. 12.9

175 kips per in.
145 kips per in. 25.4 MNlm

Sec. 1 [Link]
sec. 12.10.1

Sec. 1 [Link]

Sec. 12.11S.2
sec. 11.7.4
-
606,s
fY

Sec. 12.2.2 Sec. 12.17.1

0.0005fydb

(0.0009fy- 24)db

Sec. 17.5.4.1and [Link]

80bvd

Sec. [Link]

3506 ,d

Sec. 19.5.1

Sec. 12.2.3

0.56dF Sec. A.5.2

fct fct

Sec. 12.3.2

SI-METRICCONVERSIONS OF NONHOMOGENEOUS
EQUATIONS

Table 12.5.1 - values

ACI STANDARD
Eq. (9-11 ) Eq. ( 11-22)

bws
0.34- for 2A,
fY

Eq. (11-10)

Eq. (11-11)

Eq. (11-12)

Eq. (11-13)

Eq. (11-14)and (11-16)

Eq. (A-3)

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 Eq. ( 8-5)

Eq. (6-10)

-
APPENDIX E MKS METRIC EQUIVALENTS OF U.S. CUSTOMARY UNITS
The following is not part of this standard, but MKS metric US. customary MKS - metric
equivalents of all dimensional values in this code and con-
versions of nonhomogeneous equations are given below for psi kgflcm
convenience of users.

In this tabulation MKS metric units are used, but do not comply
with the SI system approved by the U.S. Metric Standards Act
of 1975. For these conversions see Appendix D. For con-
versions of lengths, area, volume, density, and temperature,
see Appendix D also.
Note that concrete strengths are based on standard 6 x 12 in.
(15x30 cm) cylinders and steel strength on the minimum
specified yield strength.
MKS-METRIC EQUIVALENTSOF DIMENSIONAL UNITS
Load MKS-METRIC EQUIVALENTSOF LIMITING VALUES

US. customary MKS - metric Units

1 lb ' 0.45 kgf US. Customary MKS-metric

9000 1b 4082 kgf
Area sq in. cm
Stmss (pmssure) sq ft m
Density Ib percuft kglm
US. customary Load Ib kgf
Size in. cm
psi ft m
- 1 Stress psi kgflcm
50 Stress
60
80 US. customary MKS- metric
120
145
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
550
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000

ACl STANDARD
 U.S. customary MKS - metric

Sec. 12.2.3

4220
Sec. 7.12.2 2- -
f,

6.70; 1.80;
f, fct fct

Sec. 8.5.1 Sec. 12.3.2

Table 9.5(a) Footnotes (a) and ( 6 )

Table 12.5.1- t values

Sec. [Link]

Sec. 10.5.1

Sec. 12.8.2

Sec. 10.6.4

175 kip$ per in. 31,300 kgflcm

145 kips per in. 25,900 kgflcm

Sec. 12.9
Sec. [Link]

f ct 16.7s fl;

Sec. [Link] Sec. 12.10.1

Sec. 11.7.4 Sec. 12.1 1.5.2

Sec. 12.2.2
Sec. 12.17.1

Sec. 17.5.4.1and [Link]

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

Sec. 1 [Link]

MKSMETRIC CONVERSIONS OF NONHOMOGENEOUS

EQUATIONS

€9. (11-13)

vc, = (0.9hlf; + 0.3fpc)b ,d + Vp

Eq. (11-14)and (11-16)

bws
3.5- for 2At
fy

€9. ( 1 1-27)

ACI STANDARD
 V,, = l.7(1- 0.5 +) ( 1 + 64pv)fi&bwd

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

As an aid to users of the ACI Building Code, information on sizes, areas, and weights of various metal reinforcement is
presented.

ASTM STANDARD REINFORCING BARS

U.S. customary Metric

Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal

Bar size diameter, area, weight, diameter, area mass,
in. sq in. Ib per ft mm mm 2 kglm
#3 0.375 0.1 1 0.376 9.52 71 0.560
4 0.500 0.20 0.668 12.70 129 0.994
5 0.625 0.31 1.043 15.88 200 1.552
6 0.750 0.44 1.502 19.05 284 2.235
7 0.875 0.60 2.044 22.22 387 3.042
8 [Link] 0.79 2.670 25.40 510 3.973
9 1.128 [Link] 3.400 28.65 645 5.060
10 1.270 1.27 4.303 32.26 819 6.404
11 1.410 1.56 5.31 3 35.81 1006 7.907
14 1.693 2.25 7.650 43.00 1452 11.38
18 2.257 4.00 13.600 57.33 2581 20.24

ASTM STANDARD PRESTRESSING TENDONS

U.S. customary Metric

Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal

diameter, area, weight, diameter, area* mass,
in. sq in. Ib per ft mm mm kglm
Seven-wire 0.036 0.12 6.35 23 0.1 79
strand 0.058 0.20 7.95 37 0.298
(Grade 250) 0.080 0.27 9.52 52 0.402
0.1 08 0.37 11.12 70 0.551
0.1 44 0.49 12.70 93 0.729
0.216 0.74 15.24 139 1.101

Seven-wire
strand
(Grade 270)

Prestressing
wire

Prestressing
bars
(smooth)

Prestressing
bars
(deformed)

.Availability of some tendon sizes should be inveatlgatedin advance.

08 ACI STANDARD
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
Acceptance of concrete, 4.8 Continuous construct ion-Prestressed concrete, 18-10
Admixtures, 3.6 Conveying concrete, 5.3
-Accelerating, 3.6 Corbels-Shear provisions, 11.9
-Air-entraining, 3.6 Corrosion- Protection of unbonded prestressing tendons,
-Definition, 2.1 18.14
-Water-reducing,3.6 Couplers-Post-tensioning, 18.19
A gregates, 3.3 Cover, 7.7
-befinition, 2.1 Creep-Required strength, 9.2
-Lightweight-Definition, 2.1 Curing, 5.5
-Nominal maximum size, 3.3 -Accelerated, 5.5
Air-entraining admixtures, 3.6 Curvature friction-Definition, 2.1
Aluminum conduits or pipe, 6.3 Cylinders-Testing, 4.8
American Society for Testin and Materials-See ASTM
American Welding socity-lee AWS Dead load-See Load, dead
Analysis Methods, 8.3 Deep flexural members, 10.7
Anchorage- Mechanical- Development, 12.6 -Special provisions for shear, 11.8
Anchorages-Post-tensioning, 18.19 Definitions, 2.1
Anchorage zones-Prestressed tendons, 18.13 Deflection
Alternate design method, B1,B2 -Composite construct ion, 9.5
-Compression members, 6.6 -Control, 9.5
-Flexure, 6.5 -Maximum, 9.5
-Permissible service load stresses, 6.3 -Prestressed concrete construct ion, 9.5
-Shear and torsion, 6.7 Deformed bars
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) standards -Compression-Splices, 12.17
cited in this code, 3.8 -Tension-Splices, 12.16
AWS (American Welding Society) standards cited in this code, Deformed reinforcement-Definition, 2.1
3.8 Depositing concrete, 5.4
Axial load Design methods, 8.1
-Design assumptions, 10.2 Design Strength, 9.3
-Principles and requirements, 10.3 -Reinforcement, 9.4
Axially loaded members-Slab system support, 10.12 -See also Strength, design
Development
Bearing strength-axial and flexural loads, 10.16 -Bundled bars, 12.4
Bearing walls-Design, 14.2 -Combination development length, 12.7
Beam -Deformed bars in compression, 12.17
-Deflect ions-Minimum thickness, 9.5 -Deformed reinforcement in compression, 12.3
-Distributions of flexural reinforcement, 10.6 -Deformed reinforcement in tension, 12.2
-Grade-Walls-Design, 14.3 -Flexural reinforcement, 12.11
Beam-column connections-Special ductile frames, A.7 -Footing reinforcement, 15.6
Bends- Reinforcement, 7.2 -Hooks, 12.5
Blast-furnacecement, 3.2 -Mechanical anchorages, 12.6
Bonded reinforcement-Minimum- Prestressed concrete, -Mechanical connectors for reinforcement, 12.16
18.9 -Negative moment reinforcement, 12.13
Bonded tendon-Definit ion, 2.1 -Positive moment reinforcement, 12.12
Brackets-Shear provision, 11.9 -Prestressing strand, 12.10
Building official-Definition, 1.2 -Reinforcement, 12.1
Bundled bars -Reinforcement-Alternate design method, 6.4
-Development, 12.4 -Splices, 12.15
-Spacing limits, 7.6 -Splices in column reinforcement, 12.18
-Web reinforcement, 12.14
Calculations, 1.2 -Welded deformed wire fabric, 12.8
Cement, 3.2 -Welded deformed wire fabric in tension, 12.19
Chloride-Admixtures, 3.6 -Welded smooth wire fabric, 12.9
Cold weather conc~et ing, 5.6 -Welded smooth wire fabric in tension, 12.20
Column Development length-Definition, 2.1
-Definition, 2.1 Direct design method-Slabs, 13.6
-Design, 8.8 Drawings, 1.l
-Equivalent-Slab desi n, 13.7 Drop panel-Two-way slab reinforcement, 13.4
-Moment transfer, 11.18 Ducts
-Reinforcement splices, 12.18 -Post-tensioning, 18.15
-Special ductile frames, A.6 -Spacing limits, 7.6
-Special reinforcing details, 7.8
-Steel cores, 7.8 Earth pressure, 9.2
Column loads-Transmission through floor system, 10.13 Earthquake loads, 8.2,9.2
Composite compression members-Axial load, 10.14 Effective depth of section (d)-Definition, 2.1
Composite construction-Deflections, 9.5 Effective prestress-Definition, 2.1
Com osite flexural members, 17.l,l7.2 Embedded conduits and pipe, 6.3
- ~ e h i t i o n2.1
, Embedment-Development of reinforcement, 12.14
Horizontal shear strength, 17.5 Embedment length-Definition, 2.1
-Shoring, 17.3 Embedment length equivalent (P,)-Definition, 2.1
-Ties for horizontal shear, 17.6 End anchorage-Definition, 2.1
-Vertical shear strength, 17.4 Equivalent design method-Slabs, 13.7
Compression members Evaluation and acceptance of concrete, 4.8
-Alternate design method, 6.6 Exposure
-Design dimensions, 10.8 -Cover requirements, 7.7
-Effective length, 10.11 -Special requirements, 4.6
-Limits for reinforcement, 10.9
-Prestressed concrete, 18.11 Factored load-See Load, factored
-Slenderness effects, 10.10 Field-curedspecimens-Tests, 4.8
-Slenderness effects-Approximate evaluation, 10.11 Flexure
Computer programs, 1.2 -Alternate design method, 6.5
Concrete-Definition, 2.1 -Balanced strain conditions, 10.3
Conduits, embedded, 6.3 -Design assumptions, 10.2
Confined region-Definition, A.2 -Principles and requirements, 10.3
Connections, 7.8 Flexural members-Load tests, 20.4
-Reinforcement, 7.9 Flexural reinforcement
Construction joints, 5.4,6.4 -Development, 12.11

ACI STANDARD
 -Distribution in beams and one-way slabs, 10.6 -Unbraced frames, 10.11
Folded plates-Def init ions, 19.1 Moment transfer-Columns. 11.12
Floor finish, separate, 8.12 Nominal strength-See Strength, nominal
Floors-Transmission of column loads, 10.13 Notation, Appendix C
Fly ash, 3.6 Offset bars-Reinforcing details for columns, 7.8
Footings, 15.1 Openings
-Combined, 15.10 -Slabs, [Link]
-Loads and reactions, 15.2 -Two-wayslabs, 13.5
-Minimum depth, 15.7
-Moments, 15.4 Pedestal
-Plain concrete, 15.1 1 -Definition, 2.1
-Reinforcement development, 15.6 -Plain concrete, 15.11
-Shear, 11.1 1,15.5 Permits, 1.2
-Sloped or stepped, 15.9 Piles and piers, 1.1
-Supportin circular or polygon columns, 15.3 Pipes
-Transfer oeforce at base of column or pedestal, 15.8 -Embedded, 6.3
Formwork -Steel-Reinforcement, 3.5
-Design of, 6.1 Placing
-Prestressed concrete, 6.1 -Preparation of place of deposit, 5.1
-Removal, 6.2 -Rate-Formwork, 6.1
Frames- Prestressed concrete, 18.10 Placing equipment, 5.1
Plain concrete-Definition, 2.1
Grade beam-Walls-Design, 14.3 Plain reinforcement-Definition, 2.1
Grout, Bonded prestressing tendons, 18.6 Plastic hinge-Definition, A.2
Haunches-Effect on stiffness, 8.6 Post-tensioning-Definition, 2.1
Pozzolans, 3.6
H oks Precast concrete
8evelopment, 12.1 4 -Definition, 2.1
-Standard. 7.1
HOOP-~efinition,A.2 -Design, 16.2
Hot weather concreting, 5.7 -Details, 16.4
-1dentificat ion and marking, 16.5
Impact, 9.2 -Transportation, storage, and erection, 16.6
Inspection, 1.3 .Wall panels-Design, 16.3
Isolated beams, 8.10 Prestressed concrete, l8.l,l8.2
-Application of prestressing force, 18.18
Jacking force-Definition, 2.1 -Compression members, 18.11
Joist construction, 8.1 1 -Corrosion protection for unbonded tendons, 18.14
-Definition, 2.1
Laboratory-cured specimens-Tests, 4.8 -Deflect ion, 9.5
Lap splices-Development of reinforcement, 12.15, 12.16, -Design assumptions, 18.3
12.17 -Flexural members-Limits of reinforcement, 18.8
Lateral scpports-Distance between for flexural members, -Flexural strength, 18.7
10.4 -Frames and continuous construction, 18.10
Lateral reinforcement -Grout for bonded tendons, 18.16
-Compression members, 7.10 -Loss of prestress, 18.6
-Flexural members, 7.1 1 -Measurement of prestressing force, 18.18
Li htweight aggregate, 3.3 &Minimumbonded reinforcement. 18.9
-Befinition, 2.1 -Permissible stresses-Flexural members, 18.4
Li htweight concrete -Permissible stresses in tendons. 18.5
-gtructural-~efinition, 2.1 -Post-tensioninganchora es and couplers, 18.19
-Shear strength, 11.2 -Post-tensioningducts, l g 1 5
Liquid pressure, lateral, 9.2 -Protection for tendons, 18.17
Live load-See Load, live -Slab systems, 18.12
Load -Tendon anchorage zones, 18.13
-Dead-Definition, 2.1 Prestressing-Shells, 19.6
-Factored-Definition, 2.1 Prestressing strand- Development, 12.10
-Live-Arrangement, 8.9 Prestressing tendons, 3.5
-Live-Definition, 2.1 -Spacing limits, 7.6
-Service, 8.2 -Surface conditions, 7.4
-Service-Def init ion, 2.1 Pretensioning-Definition, 2,1
Loading, 8.2
Load tests, 20.3 Quality of concrete, 4.1
-Flexural members, 20.4
Radius of -Compression members-Slenderness
-Other than flexural members, 20.5
Loss of prestress, 18.6 [Link]
effects, 1
Reinforced concrete-Definition, 2.1
Low-strength concrete, 4.8
Reinforcement
Mats-Combined, 15.10 -Bending of, 7.3
Materials storage, 3.7 -Bend tests, 3.5
Materials, tests, 3.1 -Bundled bars- Development, 12.4
Mechanical connection-Reinforcement development, 12.16 -Bundled bars-Spacing limits, 7.6
Metric equivalents, Appendix Dl Appendix E -Columns-Splices, 12.18
Minimum reinforcement-Flexural members, 10.5 -Combination development length, 12.7
Mix proportioning, 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5 Connections, 7.9
Mixing and placing equipment, 5.1 -Corrosion protect ion of unbonded prestressing tendons,
Mixing concrete, 5.2 18.14
Model anal sis-Shells, 19.2 -Definition, 2.1
Modulus o/elasticity, 8.5 -Deformed, 3.5
.Definition, 2.1 -Deformed-Definition, 2.1
Moments -Deformed-Compression-Splices, 12.17
-Design, 8.3 -Deformed-Development in compression, 12.3
-Foot mgs, 15.4 .Deformed-Developmen t in tension, 12.2
-Negat ive--Redistribution, 8.4 -Deformed-Tension-Splices, 12.16
-Negative-Reinforcement -Development, 12.13 -Design strength, 9.4
-Positive- Reinforcement-Development, 12.12 -Detads, 7.1
-Slab design, 13.6 -Deyelopment, 12.1
Moment magnification-Slenderness effects-Compression -Development and splices-Alternate design method: 8.4
numbers, 10.11 -Flexural-Development, 12.11
Moment magnifier -Flexural-Dist ribut ion in beams and oneway slabs, 10.6
-Biaxial bending, 10.11 -Footings-Development, 15.6

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

 -Hooks-Development, 12.5 Slabs
-Lateral for compression members, 7.10 -Moment transfer to columns, 11.12
-Lateral for flexural members, 7.1 1 -One-way-Deflections-Minimum thickness, 9.5
-Limits in compression members, 10.9 -One-way-Distribut ion of flexural reinforcement, 10.6
-Limits- Prestressed flexural members, 18.8 -Shear provisions, 11.11
-Mats, 3.5 -Two-way-Definitions, 13.2
-Mechanical anchorage-Development, 12.6 -Two-way-Design, 13.1
-Minimum- Flexural members, 10.5 -Two-way- Design procedures, 13.3
-Minimum bonded-Prestressed concrete, 18.9 -Two-way-Direct desi n method, 13.6
-Negative moment-Development, 12.13 -TWO-way-~quivalent frame method, 13.7
-Placing, 7.5 -Two-way-Openings, 13.5
-Placing-Welding, 7.5 -Two-way-Reinforcement, 13.4
-Plain, 3.5 Slab support- Axially loaded members, 10.12
-Plain-Definit ion, 2.1 Slab systems- Prestressed concrete, 18.12
-Positive moment-Development, 12.12 Slenderness effects
-Prestressing strand-Development, 12.10 -Compression members, 10.10
-Prestressing tendons-Protection, 18.17 -Evaluation, 10.11
-Shear-Alternate design method, 8.7 Spacing-Reinforcement-Limits, 7.6
-Shear-Minimum, 11.5 Span length, 8.7
-Shear-Requirements, 11.5 -Definition, 8.7
-Shells, 19.5 Special ductile frame
-Smooth welded wire fabric-Splices, 12.20 -Beam-columnconnections, A.7
-Smooth wire fabric, 12.9 -Columns, A.6
-Spacing limits, 7.6 -Definition, A.2
-Special details for columns, 7.8 -Flexural members, A.5
-Specialductile frame, A.5 Special shearwall- Definit ion, A.2
-Splices, 12.15 Special structures, 1.1
-Shrinkage,7.12 Special systems of design or construction, 1.4
-Steel pipe, 3.5 Specified compressive strength of concrete (f&)-Definition,
-Structural steel, 3.5 2.1
-Surface conditions, 7.4 Special reinforcement
-Temperature,7.12 -Definition, 2.1
-Transverse,8.10 -Structural steel core, 10.14
-Tubing, 3.5 Spirals, 7.10
-Two-wayslabs, 13.4 Splices, 12.15
-Web- Development, 12.14 -Alternate desi n method, 8.4
-Weldeddeformed wire fabric, 12.19 -Columns, 12.1%
-Welded deformed wire fabric-Development, 12.8 -End bearing, 12.17
Required strength-See Strength, required -Lap, 12.15,12.16,12.17
Retarding admixtures, 3.6 -Smooth wire fabric, 12.20
Retemperedconcrete, 5.4 -Welded deformed wire fabric, 12.19
Splitting tensile strength (f,,)-Definition, 2.1
Safety-Strengt h evaluation, 20.7 Standards cited in this code, 3.8
Samplin 4.8 Steam curing, 5.5
scope o?bode, 1.1 St if feners, 8.6
Seismic design, A.1, A.3 Stirrup
-Definitions, A.2 -Definition, 2.1
-Design assumptions, A.4 -Development, 12.14
-Flexural members of special ductile frame, A.5 -Shear reinforcement requirements, 11.5
-Special shearwalls, A.8 Stirrup-tie-Definition, A.2
Service loads-See Load, service Storage-Materials, 3.7
Service load stresses-Permissible-Alternate design Strength, design, 9.1,9.3
method, 8.3 -Definition, 2.1
Settlement -Required strength,- - 9.2 -Reinforcement, 9.4
Shear Strength evaluation, 20.1
-Alternate design method, 8.7 -Analytical evaluations, 20.2
-Brackets, 11.9 -Safety, 20.7
-Corbels, 11.9 -Load tests, 20.3
-Deep flexural members, 11.8 -Load tests of flexural members, 20.4
-Footings, 11.11,15.5 -Load tests on other than flexural members, 20.5
-Horizontal--Ties-Composite flexural members, 17.6 -Lower load rating, 20.6
-Slabs, 11.11,13.6 Strength, nominal-Definition, 2.1
-Walls, 11.10 Strength reduction, 4.7
Shear and torsion-Combined sl:rength, 11.6 Strength, required, 9.2
Shear-friction, 11.7 -Definition, 2.1
-Alternate design method, B.7 Strain-Reinforcement, 10.2
Shearheads, 11.11 Stress
Shear reinforcement -Definition, 2.1
-Alternate design method, B.7 -Reinforcement, 10.2
-Minimum, 11.5 -Permissible- Prestressed flexural members, 18.4
-Requirements, 11.5 -Permissible-Prestressing tendons, 18.5
~ h e astrength,
i 11.1 -Service load-Permissible-Alternate design method, B.3
-Concrete- Nonprestressed members, 11.3 Structural steel-Reinforcement, 3.5
-Concrete- Prestressedmembers, 11.4 Structural steel core-Concrete encased, 10.14
-Horizontal-Composite flexural members, 17.5 Supplementary crosstie- Definit ion, A.2
-Lightweight concrete, 11.2 Sulfate exposures, 4.6
-Vertical-Composite flexural members, 17.4
Shearwalls-Seismic design, A.8 T-beams,8.10
Shells -Flanges in tension-Tension reinforcement, 10.6
-Construct ion, 19.7 Temperature reinforcement, 7.12
-Definitions, 19.1 Tendon-Prestressing, 3.5
-Design, 19.2 -Anchoragezones, 18.13
-Design assumptions, 19.3 -Definition, 2.1
-Model analysis, 19.2 -Protection, 18.17
-Prestressing, 19.6 Tensile-strength-Concrete, 10.2
-Reinforcement, 19.5 Testing for acceptance of concrete, 4.8
-Strength of materials, 19.4 Tests, materials, 3.1
Shoring-Formwork-Removal, 6.2 Thickness, minimum-Deflection-Nonprestressed beams or
Shrinkage-Required strength, 9.2 one-way slabs, 9.5
Shrinkage reinforcement, 7.12 Thin shells-Definition, 19.1

ACI STANDARD
Ties, 7.1 0 -Shear provisions, 11.10
-Definition, 2.1 -Structural design, 14.1
-Horizontal shear-Composite flexural members, 7.6 Water, 3.4 -
-Steel core encased in concrete, 10.14 Water-cement ratio, 4.5
Tolerances-Placing reinforcement, 7.5 Water-reducingadmixtures, 3.6
Torsion-Alternate design method, 8.7 Web reinforcement-Develo ment, 12.14
Torsional members-Slab design, 13.7 Welded splices- ensi ion-Keinforcement, 12.15,12.16,12.17
Torsional moment strength, 11.6 Welded wire fabric, 3.5
Torsion reinforcement requirements, 11.6 -Bends, 7.2
Transfer-Definit ion, 2.1 -Deformed-Development, 12.8
Tubing- Reinforcement,3.5 -Deformed-Splices, 12.19
Two-way construction- Def lect ions, 9.5 -Placin 7.5
- ~ m o o t k~evelopment,
- 12.9
Wall -Smooth-Splices, 12.20
-Definition, 2.1 Welding-Reinforcement-Placing, 7.5
-Empirical design, 14.2 Wind loads, 8.2
-Gradebeams-Design, 14.3 Wobble frict ion-Definit ion, 2.1
-Precast panels-Design, 16.3
-Provision for axial and flexural loads, 10.15 Yield strength-Definit ion, 2.1

BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the ACI Building Code, the American Con-
crete lnstitute has developed many other standards and
guides for concrete and reinforced concrete design and
construction. ACI standards cover mix proportioning; form-
work; design and construction of concrete bins, silos, and
bunkers; concrete reactor vessels and containments; con-
crete masonry structures. ACI specifications cover con-
crete masonry construction, shotcrete, repairing concrete
with epoxy mortars, cast-in-place nonreinforced concrete
pipe, and many other subjects.
ACI standards, guides, reports, and other publications are
available to lnstitute members at substantial discount. Join
now and get all the benefits of ACI membership . . .